Hardware Guide - Juniper Networks

Hardware Guide - Juniper Networks
SRX1400 Services Gateway
Hardware Guide
Published: 2010-09-21
Revision 01
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Juniper Networks, Inc.
1194 North Mathilda Avenue
Sunnyvale, California 94089
USA
408-745-2000
www.juniper.net
This product includes the Envoy SNMP Engine, developed by Epilogue Technology, an Integrated Systems Company. Copyright © 1986-1997,
Epilogue Technology Corporation. All rights reserved. This program and its documentation were developed at private expense, and no part
of them is in the public domain.
This product includes memory allocation software developed by Mark Moraes, copyright © 1988, 1989, 1993, University of Toronto.
This product includes FreeBSD software developed by the University of California, Berkeley, and its contributors. All of the documentation
and software included in the 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite Releases is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of California. Copyright ©
1979, 1980, 1983, 1986, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
GateD software copyright © 1995, the Regents of the University. All rights reserved. Gate Daemon was originated and developed through
release 3.0 by Cornell University and its collaborators. Gated is based on Kirton’s EGP, UC Berkeley’s routing daemon (routed), and DCN’s
HELLO routing protocol. Development of Gated has been supported in part by the National Science Foundation. Portions of the GateD
software copyright © 1988, Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. Portions of the GateD software copyright © 1991, D.
L. S. Associates.
This product includes software developed by Maker Communications, Inc., copyright © 1996, 1997, Maker Communications, Inc.
Juniper Networks, Junos, Steel-Belted Radius, NetScreen, and ScreenOS are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in the United
States and other countries. The Juniper Networks Logo, the Junos logo, and JunosE are trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. All other
trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify,
transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
Products made or sold by Juniper Networks or components thereof might be covered by one or more of the following patents that are
owned by or licensed to Juniper Networks: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,473,599, 5,905,725, 5,909,440, 6,192,051, 6,333,650, 6,359,479, 6,406,312,
6,429,706, 6,459,579, 6,493,347, 6,538,518, 6,538,899, 6,552,918, 6,567,902, 6,578,186, and 6,590,785.
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Copyright © 2009, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved. Printed in USA.
Revision History
October 2010— Revision 01
The information in this document is current as of the date listed in the revision history.
SOFTWARE LICENSE
The terms and conditions for using this software are described in the software license contained in the acknowledgment to your purchase
order or, to the extent applicable, to any reseller agreement or end-user purchase agreement executed between you and Juniper Networks.
By using this software, you indicate that you understand and agree to be bound by those terms and conditions.
Generally speaking, the software license restricts the manner in which you are permitted to use the software and may contain prohibitions
against certain uses. The software license may state conditions under which the license is automatically terminated. You should consult
the license for further details.
For complete product documentation, please see the Juniper Networks Web site at www.juniper.net/techpubs.
ii
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”) BEFORE DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, OR USING THE SOFTWARE.
BY DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR OTHERWISE EXPRESSING YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE TERMS
CONTAINED HEREIN, YOU (AS CUSTOMER OR IF YOU ARE NOT THE CUSTOMER, AS A REPRESENTATIVE/AGENT AUTHORIZED TO
BIND THE CUSTOMER) CONSENT TO BE BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT OR CANNOT AGREE TO THE TERMS CONTAINED
HEREIN, THEN (A) DO NOT DOWNLOAD, INSTALL, OR USE THE SOFTWARE, AND (B) YOU MAY CONTACT JUNIPER NETWORKS
REGARDING LICENSE TERMS.
1. The Parties. The parties to this Agreement are (i) Juniper Networks, Inc. (if the Customer’s principal office is located in the Americas) or
Juniper Networks (Cayman) Limited (if the Customer’s principal office is located outside the Americas) (such applicable entity being referred
to herein as “Juniper”), and (ii) the person or organization that originally purchased from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller the applicable
license(s) for use of the Software (“Customer”) (collectively, the “Parties”).
2. The Software. In this Agreement, “Software” means the program modules and features of the Juniper or Juniper-supplied software, for
which Customer has paid the applicable license or support fees to Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller, or which was embedded by
Juniper in equipment which Customer purchased from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller. “Software” also includes updates, upgrades
and new releases of such software. “Embedded Software” means Software which Juniper has embedded in or loaded onto the Juniper
equipment and any updates, upgrades, additions or replacements which are subsequently embedded in or loaded onto the equipment.
3. License Grant. Subject to payment of the applicable fees and the limitations and restrictions set forth herein, Juniper grants to Customer
a non-exclusive and non-transferable license, without right to sublicense, to use the Software, in executable form only, subject to the
following use restrictions:
a. Customer shall use Embedded Software solely as embedded in, and for execution on, Juniper equipment originally purchased by
Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller.
b. Customer shall use the Software on a single hardware chassis having a single processing unit, or as many chassis or processing units
for which Customer has paid the applicable license fees; provided, however, with respect to the Steel-Belted Radius or Odyssey Access
Client software only, Customer shall use such Software on a single computer containing a single physical random access memory space
and containing any number of processors. Use of the Steel-Belted Radius or IMS AAA software on multiple computers or virtual machines
(e.g., Solaris zones) requires multiple licenses, regardless of whether such computers or virtualizations are physically contained on a single
chassis.
c. Product purchase documents, paper or electronic user documentation, and/or the particular licenses purchased by Customer may
specify limits to Customer’s use of the Software. Such limits may restrict use to a maximum number of seats, registered endpoints, concurrent
users, sessions, calls, connections, subscribers, clusters, nodes, realms, devices, links, ports or transactions, or require the purchase of
separate licenses to use particular features, functionalities, services, applications, operations, or capabilities, or provide throughput,
performance, configuration, bandwidth, interface, processing, temporal, or geographical limits. In addition, such limits may restrict the use
of the Software to managing certain kinds of networks or require the Software to be used only in conjunction with other specific Software.
Customer’s use of the Software shall be subject to all such limitations and purchase of all applicable licenses.
d. For any trial copy of the Software, Customer’s right to use the Software expires 30 days after download, installation or use of the
Software. Customer may operate the Software after the 30-day trial period only if Customer pays for a license to do so. Customer may not
extend or create an additional trial period by re-installing the Software after the 30-day trial period.
e. The Global Enterprise Edition of the Steel-Belted Radius software may be used by Customer only to manage access to Customer’s
enterprise network. Specifically, service provider customers are expressly prohibited from using the Global Enterprise Edition of the
Steel-Belted Radius software to support any commercial network access services.
The foregoing license is not transferable or assignable by Customer. No license is granted herein to any user who did not originally purchase
the applicable license(s) for the Software from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller.
4. Use Prohibitions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the license provided herein does not permit the Customer to, and Customer agrees
not to and shall not: (a) modify, unbundle, reverse engineer, or create derivative works based on the Software; (b) make unauthorized
copies of the Software (except as necessary for backup purposes); (c) rent, sell, transfer, or grant any rights in and to any copy of the
Software, in any form, to any third party; (d) remove any proprietary notices, labels, or marks on or in any copy of the Software or any product
in which the Software is embedded; (e) distribute any copy of the Software to any third party, including as may be embedded in Juniper
equipment sold in the secondhand market; (f) use any ‘locked’ or key-restricted feature, function, service, application, operation, or capability
without first purchasing the applicable license(s) and obtaining a valid key from Juniper, even if such feature, function, service, application,
operation, or capability is enabled without a key; (g) distribute any key for the Software provided by Juniper to any third party; (h) use the
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
iii
Software in any manner that extends or is broader than the uses purchased by Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller; (i)
use Embedded Software on non-Juniper equipment; (j) use Embedded Software (or make it available for use) on Juniper equipment that
the Customer did not originally purchase from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller; (k) disclose the results of testing or benchmarking
of the Software to any third party without the prior written consent of Juniper; or (l) use the Software in any manner other than as expressly
provided herein.
5. Audit. Customer shall maintain accurate records as necessary to verify compliance with this Agreement. Upon request by Juniper,
Customer shall furnish such records to Juniper and certify its compliance with this Agreement.
6. Confidentiality. The Parties agree that aspects of the Software and associated documentation are the confidential property of Juniper.
As such, Customer shall exercise all reasonable commercial efforts to maintain the Software and associated documentation in confidence,
which at a minimum includes restricting access to the Software to Customer employees and contractors having a need to use the Software
for Customer’s internal business purposes.
7. Ownership. Juniper and Juniper’s licensors, respectively, retain ownership of all right, title, and interest (including copyright) in and to
the Software, associated documentation, and all copies of the Software. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a transfer or conveyance
of any right, title, or interest in the Software or associated documentation, or a sale of the Software, associated documentation, or copies
of the Software.
8. Warranty, Limitation of Liability, Disclaimer of Warranty. The warranty applicable to the Software shall be as set forth in the warranty
statement that accompanies the Software (the “Warranty Statement”). Nothing in this Agreement shall give rise to any obligation to support
the Software. Support services may be purchased separately. Any such support shall be governed by a separate, written support services
agreement. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, JUNIPER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA,
OR COSTS OR PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY JUNIPER OR JUNIPER-SUPPLIED SOFTWARE. IN NO EVENT SHALL JUNIPER
BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES ARISING FROM UNAUTHORIZED OR IMPROPER USE OF ANY JUNIPER OR JUNIPER-SUPPLIED SOFTWARE.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE WARRANTY STATEMENT TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, JUNIPER DISCLAIMS ANY
AND ALL WARRANTIES IN AND TO THE SOFTWARE (WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE), INCLUDING ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT DOES
JUNIPER WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY EQUIPMENT OR NETWORK RUNNING THE SOFTWARE, WILL OPERATE WITHOUT
ERROR OR INTERRUPTION, OR WILL BE FREE OF VULNERABILITY TO INTRUSION OR ATTACK. In no event shall Juniper’s or its suppliers’
or licensors’ liability to Customer, whether in contract, tort (including negligence), breach of warranty, or otherwise, exceed the price paid
by Customer for the Software that gave rise to the claim, or if the Software is embedded in another Juniper product, the price paid by
Customer for such other product. Customer acknowledges and agrees that Juniper has set its prices and entered into this Agreement in
reliance upon the disclaimers of warranty and the limitations of liability set forth herein, that the same reflect an allocation of risk between
the Parties (including the risk that a contract remedy may fail of its essential purpose and cause consequential loss), and that the same
form an essential basis of the bargain between the Parties.
9. Termination. Any breach of this Agreement or failure by Customer to pay any applicable fees due shall result in automatic termination
of the license granted herein. Upon such termination, Customer shall destroy or return to Juniper all copies of the Software and related
documentation in Customer’s possession or control.
10. Taxes. All license fees payable under this agreement are exclusive of tax. Customer shall be responsible for paying Taxes arising from
the purchase of the license, or importation or use of the Software. If applicable, valid exemption documentation for each taxing jurisdiction
shall be provided to Juniper prior to invoicing, and Customer shall promptly notify Juniper if their exemption is revoked or modified. All
payments made by Customer shall be net of any applicable withholding tax. Customer will provide reasonable assistance to Juniper in
connection with such withholding taxes by promptly: providing Juniper with valid tax receipts and other required documentation showing
Customer’s payment of any withholding taxes; completing appropriate applications that would reduce the amount of withholding tax to
be paid; and notifying and assisting Juniper in any audit or tax proceeding related to transactions hereunder. Customer shall comply with
all applicable tax laws and regulations, and Customer will promptly pay or reimburse Juniper for all costs and damages related to any
liability incurred by Juniper as a result of Customer’s non-compliance or delay with its responsibilities herein. Customer’s obligations under
this Section shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
11. Export. Customer agrees to comply with all applicable export laws and restrictions and regulations of any United States and any
applicable foreign agency or authority, and not to export or re-export the Software or any direct product thereof in violation of any such
restrictions, laws or regulations, or without all necessary approvals. Customer shall be liable for any such violations. The version of the
Software supplied to Customer may contain encryption or other capabilities restricting Customer’s ability to export the Software without
an export license.
iv
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
12. Commercial Computer Software. The Software is “commercial computer software” and is provided with restricted rights. Use,
duplication, or disclosure by the United States government is subject to restrictions set forth in this Agreement and as provided in DFARS
227.7201 through 227.7202-4, FAR 12.212, FAR 27.405(b)(2), FAR 52.227-19, or FAR 52.227-14(ALT III) as applicable.
13. Interface Information. To the extent required by applicable law, and at Customer's written request, Juniper shall provide Customer
with the interface information needed to achieve interoperability between the Software and another independently created program, on
payment of applicable fee, if any. Customer shall observe strict obligations of confidentiality with respect to such information and shall use
such information in compliance with any applicable terms and conditions upon which Juniper makes such information available.
14. Third Party Software. Any licensor of Juniper whose software is embedded in the Software and any supplier of Juniper whose products
or technology are embedded in (or services are accessed by) the Software shall be a third party beneficiary with respect to this Agreement,
and such licensor or vendor shall have the right to enforce this Agreement in its own name as if it were Juniper. In addition, certain third party
software may be provided with the Software and is subject to the accompanying license(s), if any, of its respective owner(s). To the extent
portions of the Software are distributed under and subject to open source licenses obligating Juniper to make the source code for such
portions publicly available (such as the GNU General Public License (“GPL”) or the GNU Library General Public License (“LGPL”)), Juniper
will make such source code portions (including Juniper modifications, as appropriate) available upon request for a period of up to three
years from the date of distribution. Such request can be made in writing to Juniper Networks, Inc., 1194 N. Mathilda Ave., Sunnyvale, CA
94089, ATTN: General Counsel. You may obtain a copy of the GPL at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, and a copy of the LGPL
at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html .
15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflicts of laws
principles. The provisions of the U.N. Convention for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement. For any disputes
arising under this Agreement, the Parties hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state and federal
courts within Santa Clara County, California. This Agreement constitutes the entire and sole agreement between Juniper and the Customer
with respect to the Software, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements relating to the Software, whether oral or written
(including any inconsistent terms contained in a purchase order), except that the terms of a separate written agreement executed by an
authorized Juniper representative and Customer shall govern to the extent such terms are inconsistent or conflict with terms contained
herein. No modification to this Agreement nor any waiver of any rights hereunder shall be effective unless expressly assented to in writing
by the party to be charged. If any portion of this Agreement is held invalid, the Parties agree that such invalidity shall not affect the validity
of the remainder of this Agreement. This Agreement and associated documentation has been written in the English language, and the
Parties agree that the English version will govern. (For Canada: Les parties aux présentés confirment leur volonté que cette convention de
même que tous les documents y compris tout avis qui s'y rattaché, soient redigés en langue anglaise. (Translation: The parties confirm that
this Agreement and all related documentation is and will be in the English language)).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
v
vi
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
About This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Documentation Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
SRX Series Documentation and Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Obtaining Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Documentation Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Requesting Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Opening a Case with JTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Part 1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Overview
Chapter 1
Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SRX1400 Services Gateway Features Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center . . . . . . . . . 9
Chapter 2
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor
Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Features and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
POWER Button Functionality on the System I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
LED Indicators on the System I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Front Panel Ports and Connectors on the System I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card . . . . . . . . . . 22
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
vii
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
I/O Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
I/O Cards Supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card . . . . . . . . 27
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
AC Power Supply Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
AC Power Supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DC Power Supply Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DC Power Supply LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Part 2
Setting Up the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Chapter 3
Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation . . . . . . . . . . 41
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack, Cabinet, and Airflow Clearance
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cabinet Airflow Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Size and Strength Requirements . . . . 44
SRX1400 Services Gateway Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes . . . . . . 45
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to the Building
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the
SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Chapter 4
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . 47
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
viii
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Chapter 5
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines . . . 52
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . 54
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical
Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually (Without
a Mechanical Lift) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually . . . 58
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually . . . . 59
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis . . . . 62
Chapter 6
Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Installing a System I/O Card into the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Chapter 7
Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Installing a Copper or Fiber I/O Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 69
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Chapter 8
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Device . . . . . . . . . 73
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or
an Auxiliary Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Chapter 9
Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . 77
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . 79
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
ix
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Chapter 10
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
(CLI Procedure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Part 3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Maintenance,
Replacement, and Troubleshooting Procedures
Chapter 11
Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components . . . . 93
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Hardware Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . 94
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . 96
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Troubleshooting Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 99
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . 99
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . 101
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . 103
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Troubleshooting the System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 105
Troubleshooting the Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 107
Chapter 13
Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 111
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Replacing Cooling System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 113
Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Replacing the Cooling System Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Replacing Host Subsystem Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 118
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . 118
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 124
Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Replacing SFP and SFP+ Transceivers on a System I/O Card on the SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
x
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Replacing Power System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . 129
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 130
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 132
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 132
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 135
Replacing the Power Supply Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Part 4
Appendixes
Appendix A
Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . 143
Additional SRX1400 Services Gateway Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Qualified Personnel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Restricted Access Area Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . 149
Chassis Lifting Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Installation Instructions Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Ramp Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
SRX1400 Services Gateway Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . 155
General Laser Safety Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Class 1 Laser Product Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Class 1 LED Product Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Laser Beam Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
SRX1400 Services Gateway Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines
and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Battery Handling Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Jewelry Removal Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Lightning Activity Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Operating Temperature Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Product Disposal Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . 165
In Case of Electrical Accident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Grounded Equipment Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Backplane Energy Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Power Disconnection Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
TN Power Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Copper Conductors Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xi
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
DC Power Disconnection Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements . . . 177
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
European Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Appendix B
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification . . . . . . . . . 180
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Specifications and Requirements . . . . . . 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications . . . 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . 182
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways . . . . . . 183
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Specifications and Requirements . . . . . 185
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications . . . 186
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . 186
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways . . . . . . 187
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Appendix C
Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Distance Limitations for Signaling for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 191
Radio Frequency Interference for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 191
Electromagnetic Compatibility for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 191
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network Cable Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the
SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
xii
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Appendix D
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services
Gateway Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Locating SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with
the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label . . . 199
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine Serial Number
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway I/O Card Serial Number Label . . 200
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial Number
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray Number Label . . . . . . . 202
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Materials Authorization for the
SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Contacting Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Packing an SRX1400 Services Gateway or a Component for Shipment . . . . . . . 204
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . 204
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment . . . . . . . . 206
Appendix E
Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on
SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Network Processing Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Services Processing Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 212
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 214
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 217
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 218
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Part 5
Index
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xiii
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
xiv
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About This Guide
•
Objectives on page xv
•
Audience on page xv
•
Documentation Conventions on page xv
•
SRX Series Documentation and Release Notes on page xvii
•
Obtaining Documentation on page xvii
•
Documentation Feedback on page xviii
•
Requesting Technical Support on page xviii
Objectives
This guide describes hardware components and installation, basic configuration, and
basic troubleshooting procedures for the Juniper Networks SRX1400 Services Gateway.
It explains how to prepare your site for services gateway installation, unpack and install
the hardware, power on the services gateway, perform initial software configuration, and
perform routine maintenance. After completing the installation and basic configuration
procedures covered in this guide, see the Junos OS configuration guides for information
about further Junos OS configuration.
Audience
This guide is designed for network administrators who are installing and maintaining a
Juniper Networks SRX1400 Services Gateway or preparing a site for Services Gateway
installation. To use this guide, you need a broad understanding of networks in general
and the Internet in particular, networking principles, and network configuration. Any
detailed discussion of these concepts is beyond the scope of this guide.
Documentation Conventions
Table 1 on page xvi defines the notice icons used in this guide.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xv
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 1: Notice Icons
Icon
Meaning
Description
Informational note
Indicates important features or instructions.
Caution
Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage.
Warning
Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death.
Laser warning
Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Table 2 on page xvi defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions
Convention
Description
Examples
Bold text like this
Represents text that you type.
To enter configuration mode, type the
configure command:
user@host> configure
Fixed-width text like this
Italic text like this
Italic text like this
Text like this
< > (angle brackets)
xvi
Represents output that appears on the
terminal screen.
user@host> show chassis alarms
•
Introduces important new terms.
•
•
Identifies book names.
•
Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles.
A policy term is a named structure
that defines match conditions and
actions.
•
Junos System Basics Configuration
Guide
•
RFC 1997, BGP Communities Attribute
No alarms currently active
Represents variables (options for which
you substitute a value) in commands or
configuration statements.
Configure the machine’s domain name:
Represents names of configuration
statements, commands, files, and
directories; IP addresses; configuration
hierarchy levels; or labels on routing
platform components.
•
To configure a stub area, include the
stub statement at the [edit protocols
ospf area area-id] hierarchy level.
•
The console port is labeled CONSOLE.
Enclose optional keywords or variables.
stub <default-metric metric>;
[edit]
root@# set system domain-name
domain-name
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About This Guide
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions (continued)
Convention
Description
Examples
| (pipe symbol)
Indicates a choice between the mutually
exclusive keywords or variables on either
side of the symbol. The set of choices is
often enclosed in parentheses for clarity.
broadcast | multicast
# (pound sign)
Indicates a comment specified on the
same line as the configuration statement
to which it applies.
rsvp { # Required for dynamic MPLS only
[ ] (square brackets)
Enclose a variable for which you can
substitute one or more values.
community name members [
community-ids ]
Indention and braces ( { } )
Identify a level in the configuration
hierarchy.
; (semicolon)
Identifies a leaf statement at a
configuration hierarchy level.
(string1 | string2 | string3)
[edit]
routing-options {
static {
route default {
nexthop address;
retain;
}
}
}
J-Web GUI Conventions
Bold text like this
Represents J-Web graphical user
interface (GUI) items you click or select.
> (bold right angle bracket)
Separates levels in a hierarchy of J-Web
selections.
•
In the Logical Interfaces box, select
All Interfaces.
•
To cancel the configuration, click
Cancel.
In the configuration editor hierarchy,
select Protocols>Ospf.
SRX Series Documentation and Release Notes
For a list of related SRX Series documentation, see
http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/hardware/srx-series-main.html. If the information in the
latest Junos OS Release Notes differs from the information in the documentation, follow
the Junos OS Release Notes.
Obtaining Documentation
To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networks technical documentation, see
the products documentation page on the Juniper Networks website at
http://www.juniper.net/.
To order printed copies of this guide and other Juniper Networks technical documents,
or to order a documentation CD, which contains this guide, contact your sales
representative.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xvii
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Copies of the Management Information Bases (MIBs) available in a software release are
included on the documentation CDs and at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs.
Documentation Feedback
We encourage you to provide feedback, comments, and suggestions so that we can
improve the documentation. You can send your comments to
techpubs-comments@junper.net, or fill out the documentation feedback form at
http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/docbug/docbugreport.html. If you are using e-mail, be
sure to include the following information with your comments:
•
Document Name
•
Document part number
•
Page number
•
Software release version (not required for Network Operations Guides [NOGs])
Requesting Technical Support
Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance
Center (JTAC). If you are a customer with an active J-Care or JNASC support contract,
or are covered under warranty, and need postsales technical support, you can access
our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC.
•
JTAC policies—For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies,
review the JTAC User Guide located at
http://www.juniper.net/us/en/local/pdf/resource-guides/7100059-en.pdf .
•
Product warranties—For product warranty information, visit
http://www.juniper.net/support/warranty/ .
•
JTAC Hours of Operation —The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week, 365 days a year.
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources
For quick and easy problem resolution, Juniper Networks has designed an online
self-service portal called the Customer Support Center (CSC) that provides you with the
following features:
•
Find CSC offerings: http://www.juniper.net/customers/support/
•
Find product documentation: http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/
•
Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base: http://kb.juniper.net/
•
Download the latest versions of software and review release notes:
http://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/software/
•
Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications:
https://www.juniper.net/alerts/
xviii
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About This Guide
•
Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum:
http://www.juniper.net/company/communities/
•
Open a case online in the CSC Case Management tool: http://www.juniper.net/cm/
To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number Entitlement
(SNE) Tool: https://tools.juniper.net/SerialNumberEntitlementSearch/
Opening a Case with JTAC
You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone.
•
Use the Case Management tool in the CSC at http://www.juniper.net/cm/ .
•
Call 1-888-314-JTAC (1-888-314-5822 toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico).
For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, visit us at
http://www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xix
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
xx
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Overview
•
Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 11
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
2
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 1
Introduction to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Features Overview on page 8
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description
The Juniper Networks SRX1400 Services Gateway is a high-performance, non-scalable,
carrier-class security device with multiprocessor architecture. The SRX1400 Services
Gateway provides 10 gigabits per second (10 Gbps) firewall support with key features
such as IP Security (IPsec) virtual private network (VPN), and high-speed deep packet
inspection features such as intrusion detection and prevention (IDP). The device is ideal
for medium-sized enterprise sites, remote sites, service provider networks, and security
data centers.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway is three rack units (U) tall. Sixteen devices can be stacked
in a single floor-to-ceiling rack, for increased port density per unit of floor space. The
device provides common form-factor module (CFM) slots that can be populated with
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC), and I/O cards (IOCs). The device also
has one dedicated slot for System Input/Output card (SYSIOC), one dedicated slot for
the Routing Engine, two slots for power supplies, and one slot for the fan tray and air
filter.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway runs the Junos operating system (Junos OS). You can
use the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) or J-Web (Web-based graphical interface)
to monitor, configure, troubleshoot, and manage the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network on
page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models
The SRX1400 Services Gateway is available in four models, which are listed in Table 3
on page 4.
Table 3: SRX1400 Services Gateway Models
Model Number
Device Type
SRX1400BASE-GE-AC
SRX1400 Services Gateway with 1-Gigabit Ethernet System
I/O card (SYSIOC), and AC power supply
SRX1400BASE-GE-DC
SRX1400 Services Gateway with 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC,
and DC power supply
SRX1400BASE-XGE-AC
SRX1400 Services Gateway with 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC,
and AC power supply
SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC
SRX1400 Services Gateway with 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC,
and DC power supply
NOTE: The SRX1400 Services Gateway base models include the Routing
Engine, SYSIOC, and power supply. The Network and Services Processing
Card (NSPC) and IOCs are not provided with the SRX1400 Services Gateway
base models. You must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks
customer service representative for more information.
NOTE: The SRX1400BASE-GE-DC and SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC models are
not available in this release. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service
representative for information about availability of these models.
Related
Documentation
4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features
Table 4 on page 5 lists the hardware features supported on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway.
Table 4: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features
Feature
Description
Input Voltage
•
100 to 240 V AC
•
-40 to -72 V DC
Power Supplies
2
SRX1400 Services Gateway allows two power supplies
for redundancy. Following power supplies are supported:
Related
Documentation
•
AC Power Supply (for AC-powered devices)
•
DC Power Supply (for DC-powered devices)
Ethernet port (10/100/1000 Mbps)
1
Console port
1
Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports
2
Auxiliary port
1
Fans
2
Fan tray
1
Air filter
1
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications
The SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all
of the other device components. The chassis measures 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) high, 17.5 in.
(44.5 cm) wide, and 13.8 in. (35.05 cm) deep (from the front to the rear of the chassis).
The chassis installs in standard 800-mm (or larger) enclosed cabinets, 19-in. equipment
racks, or telecommunications open-frame racks. Up to 16 services gateways can be
installed in one standard (48-U) rack if the rack can handle their combined weight, which
can be greater than 677.2 lb ( 307.2 kg) (fully-loaded device).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
5
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 1 on page 6 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis.
g033500
Figure 1: SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis
Table 5 on page 6 summarizes the physical specifications for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway chassis.
Table 5: SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications
Specification
Value
Chassis height
5.25 in. (13.3 cm), 3 rack units (3 U)
Chassis width
17.5 in. (44.5 cm)
Chassis depth
13.8 in. (35.05 cm)
Chassis weight (base chassis: chassis with
Routing Engine, system I/O card (SYSIOC), and
power supply)
29.3 lb (13.3 kg)
Routing Engine weight
2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC)
weight
7.71 lb (3.5 kg)
SYSIOC weight
2.42 lb (1.102 kg)
I/O card (IOC) weight
2.4 lb (1.1 kg)
Fan tray weight
2.93 lb (1.33 kg)
Air filter weight
0.11 lb (0.054 kg)
DC power supply weight
2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
AC power supply weight
3.1 lb (1.4 kg)
Table 6 on page 7 summarizes the weight of the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis
with different configurations.
6
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Table 6: Weight of the SRX1400 Services Gateway with Different
Configurations
SRX1400 Chassis with Different Configurations
Weight
Weight of a Fully Configured Chassis
42.54 lb (19.3 kg)
(Base Chassis + NSPC + IOC + Power Supply)
Weight of a Base Chassis
29.3 lb (13.3 kg)
(Base Chassis + NSPC + IOC + Power Supply)
Weight of Chassis after removing fan tray and power
supply
23.30 lb (10.57 kg)
(Base Chassis-Fan Tray-Power Supply)
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications
Table 7 on page 7 specifies the environmental specifications required for normal
SRX1400 Services Gateway operation.
Table 7: SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications
Specification
Value
Altitude
No performance degradation to 10,000 ft (3048
m)
Relative humidity
Normal operation ensured in relative humidity
range of 5% to 90%, noncondensing
Temperature
Normal operation ensured in temperature range
of 32°F (0°C) to 104°F (40°C)
Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping
container: –40°F (–40°C) to 158°F (70°C)
Seismic
Tested to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4
earthquake requirements
Maximum thermal output
•
AC power: 1653.85 BTU/hour (W)
•
DC power: 1653.85 BTU/hour (W)
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
7
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Features Overview
The SRX1400 Services Gateway addresses security requirements in three key network
areas described in the following topics:
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider
Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network
The enterprise gateway provides secure access between the Internet and your network
and its resources for medium to regional sites. Playing the role of your enterprise gateway,
the services gateway protects key assets, such as internal clients and application servers,
and web servers, that provide information to partners, remote access users, and general
access to sites.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway accomplishes these tasks using the following features:
Related
Documentation
•
A stateful firewall, including denial of service/distributed denial of service (DoS/DDoS)
protection
•
Application support through Application Layer Gateways (ALGs)
•
Quality of service (QoS) traffic management
•
IPsec VPN tunnel termination
•
Application Layer security, including high-speed intrusion protection
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network on
page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network
The services gateway can be used in the service provider network to provide secure
hosting and network services. When placed at the hosting center, it can perform
provisioning services to multiple customers. When placed in the services network itself,
it protects traffic and performs rate limiting or QoS overlay services.
8
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway accomplishes these tasks using the following features:
Related
Documentation
•
A stateful firewall, including denial of service/distributed denial of service (DoS/DDoS)
protection
•
Quality of service (QoS) traffic management
•
VPN services
•
Application Layer security, including high-speed intrusion protection.
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center
The enterprise data center provides secure access between internal clients and small to
medium server farms, demilitarized zones (DMZs), and hosting sites. In the enterprise
data center, the services gateway is placed in front of your servers, providing secure
partner, extranet, and web content.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway accomplishes these tasks using the following features:
Related
Documentation
•
A stateful firewall, including denial of service/distributed denial of service (DoS/DDoS)
protection
•
Application Layer security, including high-speed intrusion protection
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network on
page 8
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
9
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
10
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 2
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Basics on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane on page 15
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Cards on page 16
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card on page 22
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine on page 24
•
I/O Cards on page 26
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System on page 36
SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Basics
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow on page 12
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel on page 15
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules
The SRX1400 Services Gateway provides common form-factor module (CFM) slots that
can be populated with the following cards:
•
Double-wide Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) occupying two adjacent
CFM (CFM1 and CFM 3) slots.
•
Dedicated CFM 2 slot for I/O card (IOC).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
The device also has one dedicated slot for SYSIOC (marked Slot 0), one dedicated slot
for the Routing Engine, two slots for power supplies, and one slot for the fan tray and air
filter.
NOTE: You can use single-wide Network Processing Card (NPC) and System
Processing Card (SPC) as an alternative to NSPC. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 207.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow on page 12
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow
The services gateway receives data from the various physical interfaces on the I/O card
(IOC) or System I/O card (SYSIOC). Incoming data is passed through the SYSIOC to a
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC), and back to the outgoing port through
the SYSIOC.
Routing and
device
management
1 .5
MGT
Flow lookup, policing, Services,
and CoS
VPN,
IDP, NAT,
and
routing
Oversubscription control
Egress
packet
I/O Card (IOC)
System I/O Card
(SYSIOC)
Ingress
packet
© 2010 Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved.
12
Egress
packet
Network and Services
Processing Card (NSPC)
CoS and shaping
Worldwide Education Services
g033561
Fabric
Ingress
packet
www.juniper.net | 2-19
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 8 on page 13 lists the various components, and the maximum number of each,
that can be installed in the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Table 8: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Hardware Component
Minimum Required
Maximum Allowed
Routing Engine
1
1
Network and Services
Processing Card (NSPC)
1
1
I/O card (IOC)
0
1
System I/O card (SYSIOC)
1
1
Power supply
1
2
Fan tray (containing two fans)
1
1
NOTE: You can use single-wide Network Processing Card (NPC) and Service
Processing Card (SPC) as an alternative to NSPC. For more details, see
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 207.
Table 9 on page 13 provides minimal configuration details for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway models in order to have an operational system.
Table 9: SRX1400 Services Gateway Minimal Configuration
Model Number
Minimal Configuration
SRX1400BASE-GE-AC
1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 AC power
supply + 1 NSPC*
SRX1400BASE-GE-DC
1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 DC power
supply + 1 NSPC*
SRX1400BASE-XGE-AC
10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 AC power
supply + 1 NSPC*
SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC
10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 DC power
supply + 1 NSPC *
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
13
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: You can use single-wide Network Processing Card (NPC) and System
Processing Card (SPC) as an alternative to NSPC. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 207.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel
Figure 2 on page 14 shows the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Figure 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel
2
3
g033501
1
4
5
6
Table 10 on page 14 lists the components on the front panel of the services gateway.
Table 10: SRX1400 Services Gateway Components on the Front Panel
Related
Documentation
14
Number
Component
1
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC)
2
Routing Engine
3
System I/O card (SYSIOC)
4
I/O card (IOC)
5 and 6
Power supply
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel on page 15
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane on page 15
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel
Figure 3 on page 15 shows the back panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
g033502
Figure 3: SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel
1
Table 11 on page 15 lists the components on the back panel of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway.
Table 11: SRX1400 Services Gateway Components on the Back Panel
Related
Documentation
Number
Component
1
Fan tray assembly
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane on page 15
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane
The backplane in the SRX1400 Services Gateway is in the rear of the chassis and provides
connections for all cards and power supplies through the front of the chassis.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
Figure 4 on page 16 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
15
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
g033503
Figure 4: SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane
The backplane provides the following major functionalities:
Related
Documentation
•
Data path—Data packets are transferred across the backplane between the I/O card
(IOC) and Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) through the System I/O card
(SYSIOC).
•
Power distribution—The device power supplies are connected to the backplane, which
distributes power to all of the device components.
•
Signal path—The backplane provides the signal path to the IOC, NSPC, Routing Engine,
SYSIOC, and other device components for monitoring and control of the system.
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel on page 15
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Cards
The System I/O card (SYSIOC) supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway provides
fixed I/O ports for the base system and it is an important element of the data plane.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway supports the two types of SYSIOCs, which are listed in
Table 12 on page 16.
Table 12: SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Models
System I/O Card Model Numbers
Cards Type
SRX1K-SYSIO-GE
1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
SRX1K-SYSIO-XGE
10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
Figure 5 on page 17 shows SRX1400 Services Gateway 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC and
Figure 6 on page 17 shows SRX1400 Services Gateway 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC.
16
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
g033506
Figure 5: SRX1400 Services Gateway 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
g033505
Figure 6: SRX1400 Services Gateway 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
This topic provides the following information about SRX1400 Services Gateway System
I/O Cards:
•
Features and Functions on page 17
•
POWER Button Functionality on the System I/O Card on page 17
•
LED Indicators on the System I/O Card on page 18
•
Front Panel Ports and Connectors on the System I/O Card on page 21
Features and Functions
The SYSIOC performs the following functions:
•
Supports the Power button.
•
Provides 2 optional chassis cluster control ports.
•
Provides management and console ports, system LEDs, and Power buttons on the
front panel.
•
Provides data path connectivity between the NSPC and the IOC.
•
Provides 6 x 10/100/1000 Mbps built-in ports along with 6 x 1 Gigabit Ethernet SFP
(for 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC only) or provides 6 x 10/100/1000 Mbps built-in ports
along with 3 X 1 Gigabit Ethernet SFP + 3 X 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ (for 10-Gigabit
Ethernet SYSIOC only).
POWER Button Functionality on the System I/O Card
Table 13 on page 18 describes the behavior of the Power button near the right end of the
SYSIOC front panel.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
17
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 13: Power Button Behavior
Condition
Action
Result
Device powered off
Short push (3 to 5
seconds)
Powers the device on. The PWR LED blinks to
show you that the Routing Engine is initializing.
Device powered on
Short push (3 to 5
seconds)
Initiates a graceful shutdown that preserves
the device state information. The PWR LED
blinks to show you that the device is shutting
down.
Long push (15 seconds
or more)
Initiates a forced shutdown. The device state
information will be lost. Avoid using immediate
shutdown unless necessary.
NOTE: Use the Short push (3 to 5 seconds) graceful shutdown method to
power off or reboot the services gateway. Use the Long push (15 seconds or
more) forced shutdown method as a last resort to recover the services
gateway if the services gateway operating system is not responding to the
graceful shutdown method.
NOTE: If you use the Long push (15 seconds or more) forced shutdown
method, then you can power-on the device only by pressing the power button
again.
LED Indicators on the System I/O Card
Figure 7 on page 18 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway SYSIOC LEDs.
g033555
Figure 7: SRX1400 Services Gateway SYSIOC LEDs
Table 14 on page 19 describes the system behavior indicated by the various LEDs on the
front panel of the SYSIOC.
18
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 14: System I/O Card LED Indicators
Label
Color
Status
Indicated Behavior
Red
On steadily
A critical alarm is present in the system. A
hardware component or software module has
failed, or the network management interface is
down.
Unlit
Off
No critical alarms are present in the system.
Yellow
On steadily
A noncritical alarm is present in the system.
Alarm
Critical
Non-Critical
Examples of noncritical alarms include:
•
Memory usage is high on the SPU; less than
10% available.
•
The maximum number of sessions has been
reached.
•
The maximum number of tunnels has been
reached.
•
Chassis cluster status has changed.
•
Device temperature is too warm.
Unlit
Off
No alarms are present in the system.
Green
On steadily
The SYSIOC is operating normally.
Green
Blinking
The SYSIOC is initializing.
Amber
On steadily
The SYSIOC is operating normally, but the
Ethernet interfaces are not operating normally.
Red
On steadily
The SYSIOC has failed and is not operating
normally.
System I/O Card
SIO
Chassis Clustering
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
19
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 14: System I/O Card LED Indicators (continued)
Label
Color
Status
Indicated Behavior
HA
Green
On steadily
Chassis Clustering is operating normally. All
cluster members and all chassis cluster links
are available.
Amber
On steadily
An alarm is present on the chassis cluster link.
All cluster members are present, but some
chassis cluster links are down. There are still
enough links for full functionality, but
performance could be impaired (reduced
bandwidth could cause packets to get dropped,
or reduced resiliency as a single point of failure
might now exist).
Red
On steadily
A critical alarm is present in the chassis
clustering. One or more cluster members are
missing or unreachable; or active when a
secondary-path is engaged.
Unlit
Off
Chassis clustering is disabled—The device is
not configured for clustering or chassis
clustering is disabled by a secondary path.
Green
On steadily
The cooling system is operating normally.
Red
On steadily
The cooling system has failed (one or more fans
in the fan tray are not operating normally).
Green
Blinking
The device is in one of two states:
Fan
FAN
Power
PWR (top)
20
•
Receiving power and is in the process of
booting up but has not yet initialized the
Routing Engine
•
Shutting down gracefully
On steadily
The device is receiving power. The Power Good
signal for at least one power supply has been
received after Routing Engine initialization.
Amber
On steadily
One of the power supplies has failed, but the
power available from the remaining power
supplies is sufficient to power all the installed
components.
Red
On steadily
One or more of the power supplies have failed,
and the power available from the remaining
power supplies is not sufficient to power all the
installed components.
Unlit
Off
The device is shut down.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
NOTE: All SYSIOC status LEDs remain dark until Routing Engine initialization
is complete. The PWR LED blinks green until Routing Engine initialization is
complete, at which point the LED becomes solid green.
NOTE: The LED labeled as AED is currently not supported in this release.
Table 15 on page 21 describes the Ethernet port LEDs.
Table 15: SRX1400 Services Gateway Ethernet Port LEDs
LED
Color
State
Description
Link
Green
On steadily
Link is active.
Off
Link is inactive.
Blinking
Port is receiving or sending data.
Off
Port might be on but is not receiving or
sending data.
ACT
Green
Front Panel Ports and Connectors on the System I/O Card
Table 16 on page 21 describes the ports/connections available on the front panel of the
SYSIOC.
Table 16: System I/O Card Front Panel Ports and Connectors
Panel Label
Description
RE ETHERNET
RJ-45 port used as management port and supports speed of up to
10/100/1000 Mbps.
CONSOLE
RJ-45 console port used to connect to the Routing Engine.
Onboard copper
Ethernet port)
Six 10/100/1000 Ethernet over copper media ports. The ports use RJ-45
connectors and are numbered from 0-5, top to bottom, left to right.
Onboard fiber Ethernet
ports
Six Ethernet over fiber media ports (ports 6-11). The ports use small
form-factor connectors and supports copper SFPs.
•
Three Fiber ports (numbered 7-9) can be configured to support SFP+
for 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC and SFPs for 1-Gigabit Ethernet
SYSIOC.
•
CHASSIS CLUSTER CONTROL 0 and CHASSIS CLUSTER CONTROL 1
ports (numbered 10 and 11) can be used for Chassis Clustering (high
availability ports). These two revenue SFP ports connects to the
control functions on the Routing Engine (multiplexed with Chassis
Cluster ports coming from Routing Engine).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
21
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and SFP+
transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are
used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a supported
part number is used.
Related
Documentation
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Troubleshooting System I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 124
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card
The Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) is a double-wide common form-factor
module (CFM) card that provides the processing power to run integrated services such
as firewall, IPSecurity (IPsec), and intrusion detection and prevention (IDP). All traffic
traversing the services gateway is passed to an NSPC to have services processing applied
to it. Traffic is intelligently distributed and an NSPC for service processing, including
session setup based on policies, fast packet processing for packets that match a session,
encryption and decryption, and Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiation.
NOTE:
•
If an NSPC is not present, you must install a filler cover to shield the empty
slots 1 and 3 and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
•
You can either use an NSPC or combination of SRX3000 Series Services
Gateway Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services Processing Cards
(SPC), with a Twin-CFM holder tray holder on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway for the device to operate properly. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 207.
•
The ONLINE button on NSPC does not perform any function and currently
it is not supported.
Figure 8 on page 23 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway NSPC.
22
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
g033504
Figure 8: SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card
Table 17 on page 23 describes the NSPC behavior indicated by the LEDs on its front panel.
Table 17: SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card LED Indicators
Label
Color
Status
Description
SERVICE
Green
On steadily
The NSPC is running under
acceptable load.
Amber
On steadily
The NSPC is overloaded.
Red
On steadily
No service is being provided
by the NSPC.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The NSPC is not enabled.
Green
On steadily
The NSPC is operating
normally.
Green
Blinking
The NSPC is preparing for an
online insertion and removal
event.
Red
On steadily
The NSPC has failed and is
not operating normally.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The NSPC is powered down.
OK/FAIL
Related
Documentation
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Troubleshooting Network and Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 106
•
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 120
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
23
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine
The Routing Engine is a PowerPC platform that runs the Junos operating system (Junos
OS). Software processes that run on the Routing Engine maintain the routing tables,
manage the routing protocols used on the device, control the device interfaces, control
some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user
access to the device.
A pair of USB ports on the Routing Engine accept USB memory cards that allow you to
load the Junos OS and perform file transfers.
Figure 9 on page 24 shows SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine.
g033507
Figure 9: SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine
The Routing Engine also provides the following integrated services:
•
Central Packet Forwarding Engine Processing (CPP) — This service manages all
common form-factor modules (CFM) cards.
•
System Control— This service provides system management functions such as
monitoring of fan trays, and power systems.
NOTE: The SRX1400 Services Gateway must have a Routing Engine installed
in slot RE. The SYSIOC port labeled RE ETHERNET connects directly to the
RE Routing Engine slot.
Figure 10 on page 24 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine LEDs.
g033556
Figure 10: SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine LEDs
24
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 18 on page 25 describes the Routing Engine behavior indicated by the LEDs on its
front panel.
Table 18: Routing Engine LED Indicators
LED Label
Color
Status
Indicated Behavior
OK/FAIL
Green
On steadily
The Routing Engine is operating normally.
Blinking
The Routing Engine is rebooting or is
shutting down.
On steadily
The Routing Engine has failed and is not
operating normally.
Red
Routing Engine Function
MASTER
Blue
On steadily
The Routing Engine is the master. This LED
should always be lit.
STATUS
Green
On steadily
The Routing Engine is operating normally.
Blinking
The Routing Engine is booting.
Red
On steadily
The Routing Engine has failed and is not
operating normally.
Green
Blinking
The Routing Engine hard disk drive is being
accessed.
Off
There is no hard disk drive activity.
HDD
Packet Forwarding Engine Controller Function
STATUS
Green
Red
On steadily
The Packet Forwarding Engine controller
is operating normally.
Blinking
The Packet Forwarding Engine controller
is booting.
On steadily
The Packet Forwarding Engine controller
has failed and is not operating normally.
Table 19 on page 26 describes the Routing Engine behavior that occurs when the buttons
on its front panel are pressed.
NOTE: The ONLINE button on Routing Engine does not perform any function
and currently it is not supported.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
25
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 19: Routing Engine Front Panel Buttons
Button Label
Operation
ROUTING ENGINE
RESET
Pressing this button resets the Routing Engine.
PFE CONTROLLER
RESET
Pressing this button resets the Packet Forwarding Engine controller
function.
PFE CONTROLLER
FAILOVER
Unused in this release.
Table 20 on page 26 describes the Routing Engine front panel connectors.
Table 20: Routing Engine Front Panel Connectors
Related
Documentation
Connector Label
Operation
AUX
RJ-45 serial console port that can be used to manage the Routing
Engine.
USB 0 USB 1
Connectors for Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drives.
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 96
•
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 118
I/O Cards
This topic includes the following sections:
•
I/O Cards Supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 26
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
I/O Cards Supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
I/O cards (IOCs) are common form-factor module (CFM) cards that provide additional
physical network connections to the services gateway. Their primary function is to deliver
data packets arriving on the physical ports to the Network and Service Processing Card
(NSPC) and to forward data packets out the physical ports after services processing.
You can install one IOC in the CFM slot 2 of the SRX1400 Services Gateway. If no IOC is
installed in slot 2, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow
cooling air to circulate properly through the services gateway.
26
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Three versions of IOCs are supported in the SRX1400 Services Gateway as described in
the following topics:
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
The I/O cards are interoperable between SRX1400 Services Gateway and SRX3000
Series Services Gateways. For more details on other interoperable cards, see “SRX3000
Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 207.
NOTE: The IOCs are not provided with the SRX1400 Services Gateway. You
must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service
representative for more information.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
The SRX3K-16GE-TX adds 16 ports for standard Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, or Gigabit
Ethernet traffic from copper media. The ports utilize RJ-45 connectors. LEDs on the
faceplate of the IOC indicate port status and connectivity.
Figure 11 on page 27 shows the 16-Port Copper 10/100/1000 I/O Card.
g036031
Figure 11: 16-Port Copper 10/100/1000 IOC
NOTE:
•
If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to
shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through
the device.
•
The ONLINE button on IOC does not perform any function and currently it
is not supported.
Table 21 on page 28 describes the 16-Port Copper 10/100/1000 IOC LEDs.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
27
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 21: 16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O
Card LED Indicators
Label
Color
Status
Indicated Behavior
SERVICE
Green
On steadily
The IOC is mapped to the Network and Service
Processing Card (NSPC) and is available to carry
Ethernet traffic.
Amber
On steadily
The IOC is not mapped to the NSPC and is not
available to carry Ethernet traffic.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The IOC is administratively disabled but is mapped
to the NSPC.
Green
On steadily
The IOC is operating normally.
Green
Blinking
The IOC is preparing for an online insertion and
removal event:
OK/FAIL
Related
Documentation
•
IOC is being Inserted: power up, booting,
initialization.
•
IOC is being removed: shut down by chassis
management software.
Red
On steadily
The IOC has failed and is not operating normally.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The IOC is offline and can be safely removed.
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 69
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 70
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
The SRX3K-16GE-SFP adds 16 ports for Gigabit Ethernet traffic from either copper or
fiber interface media.
To use fiber or copper interface media, install small form-factor pluggable (SFP)
transceivers on the desired ports.
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP
transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are
used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a Juniper
Networks transceiver is used.
28
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Figure 12 on page 29 shows the 16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet IOC. Ports are numbered
from top to bottom and left to right, 0-15.
g036030
Figure 12: 16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
NOTE:
•
If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to
shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through
the device.
•
The ONLINE button on IOC does not perform any function and currently it
is not supported.
LEDs on the faceplate of the IOC indicate port status and connectivity. Table 22 on
page 29 describes the 16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet IOC LEDs.
Table 22: LED Indicators on the 16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
Label
Color
Status
Indicated Behavior
SERVICE
Green
On steadily
The IOC is mapped to the Network and Service
Processing Card (NSPC) and is available to carry
Ethernet traffic.
Amber
On steadily
The IOC is not mapped to the NSPC and is not
available to carry Ethernet traffic.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The IOC is administratively disabled but is mapped
to the NSPC.
Green
On steadily
The IOC is operating normally.
Green
Blinking
The IOC is preparing for an online insertion and
removal event:
OK/FAIL
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
•
Card is being Inserted: power up, booting,
initialization.
•
Card is being removed: shut down by chassis
management software.
Red
On steadily
The IOC has failed and is not operating normally.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The IOC is offline and can be safely removed.
29
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 69
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 70
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
The SRX3K-2XGE-XFP adds two ports for 10-gigabit Ethernet traffic from fiber interface
media. To use fiber interface media, install 10-gigabit small form-factor pluggable (XFP)
transceivers on the desired ports.
Figure 13 on page 30 shows the 2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet IOC. Ports are numbered
from left to right, 0-1.
g036029
Figure 13: 2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
NOTE:
•
If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to
shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through
the device.
•
The ONLINE button on IOC does not perform any function and currently it
is not supported.
LEDs on the faceplate of the IOC indicate port status and connectivity. Table 23 on
page 31 describes the 2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet IOC LEDs.
30
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 23: LED Indicators on the 2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
Label
Color
Status
Indicated Behavior
SERVICE
Green
On steadily
The IOC is mapped to the Network and Service
Processing Card (NSPC) and is available to carry
Ethernet traffic.
Amber
On steadily
The IOC is not mapped to the NSPC and is not
available to carry Ethernet traffic.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The IOC is administratively disabled but is mapped
to the NSPC.
Green
On steadily
The IOC is operating normally.
Green
Blinking
The IOC is preparing for an online insertion and
removal event:
OK/FAIL
Related
Documentation
•
IOC is being Inserted: power up, booting,
initialization.
•
IOC is being removed: shut down by chassis
management software.
Red
On steadily
The IOC has failed and is not operating normally.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The IOC is offline and can be safely removed.
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 69
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 70
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview
The SRX1400 Services Gateway uses following power supplies:
•
AC Power Supply (for SRX1400BASE-GE-AC and SRX1400BASE-XGE-AC models)
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
31
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
For details, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on page 32.
•
DC Power Supply (for SRX1400BASE-GE-DC and SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC models)
For details, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply” on page 34.
The power supplies are located at the front of the chassis. Each AC power supply weighs
approximately 3.1 lb (1.4 kg). Each DC power supply weighs approximately 2.9 lb (1.3 kg).
NOTE: Only redundant power supplies (AC or DC) supports hot-removable
and hot-insertable functionality.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway uses either one AC or one DC power supply unit. A second
AC or DC power supply can be used with its matching type of power supply to offer
redundancy. The power supplies connect to the backplane, which distributes 10 V main
power and 3.3 V standby power to the services gateway components. Each power supply
is cooled by its own internal cooling system.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services
gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply
This topic includes the following sections:
•
AC Power Supply Overview on page 32
•
AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 33
•
AC Power Supply LEDs on page 33
AC Power Supply Overview
In an AC power configuration, the SRX1400 Services Gateway contains one or two AC
power supplies, located at the front panel of the chassis in slots PEM0 and PEM1. Each
power supply provides power to all components in the services gateway. When two
power supplies are present, they share power almost equally within a fully populated
system. The two AC power supplies provide full power redundancy. If one power supply
fails or is removed, the remaining power supply redistributes the electrical load without
interruption.
Figure 14 on page 33 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway AC power supply.
NOTE: Only redundant AC power supply supports hot-removable and
hot-insertable functionality.
32
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
g033508
Figure 14: SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply
AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Table 24 on page 33 lists the AC power supply electrical specifications.
Table 24: AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Parameter
Specification
Maximum output
power
1000 W
AC input voltage
100-127 V / 200-240 V
AC input line frequency
50 / 60 Hz
AC input current rating
13.0 A (Max.) at 100 VAC
AC Power Supply LEDs
Each AC power supply faceplate displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power
supply (see Table 25 on page 33).
Table 25: AC Power Supply LEDs
Color
Status
Condition Indicated
Green
On steadily
AC input voltage is present, and both main 12 V output and
standby 3.3 V output are enabled and healthy.
Blinking
AC input voltage is present, standby 3.3 V output is on, but the
main 12 V output is disabled. This condition usually indicates
that the device has been powered off at the POWER button
on the SYSIOC front panel. This condition can also indicate
that either the SYSIOC or Routing Engine has been removed
from the services gateway.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
33
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 25: AC Power Supply LEDs (continued)
Color
Status
Condition Indicated
Amber
On steadily
The power supply has detected one or more of the following
faults:
Blinking
Related
Documentation
•
Power supply fan failure
•
Power supply over-temperature condition
•
Over-current or under-voltage condition on the standby 3.3
V output
The power supply has detected one or more of the following
faults:
•
Under-voltage condition on the 12 V output
•
Over-voltage condition on the 12 V output
•
Over-current condition on the 12 V output
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply
This topic includes the following sections:
•
DC Power Supply Overview on page 34
•
DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 34
•
DC Power Supply LEDs on page 35
DC Power Supply Overview
In a DC power configuration, the SRX1400 Services Gateway contains one or two DC
power supplies, located at the front of the chassis in slots PEM0 and PEM1. Each power
supply provides power to all components in the services gateway. When two power
supplies are present, they share power almost equally within a fully populated system.
The two DC power supplies provide power redundancy. If one power supply fails or is
removed, the remaining power supply redistributes the electrical load without interruption.
NOTE: Only redundant DC power supply supports hot-removable and
hot-insertable functionality.
DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Each DC power supply has a single DC input (-48 VDC and return) that requires a
dedicated 40 A (-48 VDC) circuit breaker. Table 26 on page 35 lists the DC power supply
electrical specifications.
34
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 26: DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Parameter
Specification
Maximum output power
1200 W
DC input voltage
–40 to –72 VDC
DC input current rating
30 A @ -48 VDC
DC Power Supply LEDs
Each DC power supply faceplate displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power
supply (see Table 27 on page 35).
Table 27: DC Power Supply LED
Color
LED Status
Indicated Condition
Green
On steadily
DC input voltage is present, and both main 12 V output and
standby 3.3 V output are enabled and healthy.
Blinking
DC input voltage is present, standby 3.3 V output is on, but
the main 12 V output is disabled. This condition usually
indicates that the device has been powered off at the POWER
button on the SYSIOC front panel. This condition can also
indicate that either the SYSIOC or Routing Engine has been
removed from the services gateway.
On steadily
The power supply has detected one or more of the following
faults:
Red
Blinking
Related
Documentation
•
Power supply fan failure
•
Power supply over-temperature condition
•
Over-current or under-voltage condition on the standby
3.3V output
The power supply has detected one or more of the following
faults:
•
Under-voltage condition on the 12 V output
•
Over-voltage condition on the 12 V output
•
Over-current condition on the 12 V output
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
35
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System
The cooling system consists of a fan tray containing two fans. These fans keep all services
gateway components within the acceptable temperature range.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway also includes an air filter that protects the device from
dust entering into the system.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway has one fan tray located in the side of the chassis and
can be plugged in from the rear of the chassis.
From the front of the chassis, there is a single air intake on the left side of the services
gateway. Air is pushed from the fan tray through the air filter and then to the card cage.
The air is exhausted out the right of the system.
Figure 15 on page 36 SRX1400 Services Gateway fan tray.
g033563
Figure 15: SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray
The Routing Engine monitors the temperature of the device components. Above an
ambient temperature of 30° C to 35° C, the fans operate at full speed. Below 30° C, the
fans operate at a reduced speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a
threshold, the speed of the other fan is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature
within the acceptable range. If the ambient maximum temperature specification is
exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down
the system by disabling output power from each power supply.
The fan tray includes a single LED, which can be used to monitor the fan speed. The fan
tray LED indications can be used to detect the condition when the fan-speed has reduced
to a safer value, so that fan tray can be removed from the device safely. This LED is
controlled by the Routing Engine. The fan tray LED is located on the fan tray, which is
visible only when the fan tray door is opened.
The fan-tray faceplate has a single LED to indicate the status of the fans and fan tray
(see Table 28 on page 37).
36
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 28: Fan Tray LED
Color
LED Status
Indicated Condition
Amber
Off
Fans are running and fan tray is functioning normally. Do not
remove the fan tray in this condition.
On Steadily
Fans are not running, and fan tray can be removed safely.
NOTE: This Fan tray LED lights only when fans are shutdown
manually using the CLI request chassis fan-tray offline. The
message Fan Take Offline Successful confirms that fans
are stopped completely.
The Fan Tray LED does not indicate fan failure. The FAN LED
available on System I/O card indicates the fan failure status.
NOTE: The fan tray LED provides additional safety measures. Even though
you can remove the fan tray while the fans are still running, we strongly
recommend that you wait until the fan tray LED lights steadily amber
(indicating that the fans are not running) before you remove the fan tray.
NOTE: The fan tray supports hot-swappable functionality. We recommend
you to reinstall the fan tray within three minutes; otherwise, the services
gateway temperature may exceed the maximum recommended room
temperature and the device shuts down automatically in four minutes.
Related
Documentation
•
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
37
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
38
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 2
Setting Up the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
•
Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation on page 41
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 63
•
Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 73
•
Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 77
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 85
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
39
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
40
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 3
Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services
Gateway Installation
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack, Cabinet, and Airflow Clearance
Requirements on page 42
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The checklist in Table 29 on page 41 summarizes the tasks you need to perform when
preparing a site for SRX1400 Services Gateway installation.
Table 29: Site Preparation Checklist
Item or Task
For More Information ...
Verify that environmental
factors such as temperature
and humidity do not exceed
services gateway tolerances.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway
Environmental Specifications” on page 7
Select the type of rack or
cabinet.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack
Requirements” on page 43
Plan rack or cabinet location,
including required space
clearances.
“Clearance Requirements for Airflow and
Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 46
If a rack is used, secure rack
to floor and building
structure.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack
Requirements” on page 43
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Performed
By
Date
41
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 29: Site Preparation Checklist (continued)
Performed
By
Item or Task
For More Information ...
Acquire cables and
connectors.
“Console Port Cable and Wire
Specifications for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 196
Date
“SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power
Cord Specifications” on page 188
“SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power
Cable Specifications” on page 184
Locate sites for connection
of system grounding.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding
Cable Specification” on page 181“Signal
Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode
Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 192
Measure distance between
external power sources and
services gateway installation
site.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical
Wiring Guidelines” on page 191
Calculate the optical power
budget and optical power
margin.
“Calculating the Power Budget for
Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 194
“Calculating the Power Margin for
Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 194
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 46
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack, Cabinet, and Airflow Clearance Requirements
The services gateway can be installed in a standard 19 in. (482 mm) or larger enclosed
cabinet. The cabinet requirements are described in the following topics:
42
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 46
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements on page 43
•
Cabinet Airflow Requirements on page 43
Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements
The minimum size cabinet that can accommodate the device is 18.97 in. (482 mm) wide
and 31.49 in. (8000 mm) deep. A cabinet larger than the minimum requirement provides
better airflow and reduces the chance of overheating. To accommodate a single device,
the cabinet must be at least 3 U high.
If you provide adequate cooling air and airflow clearance, you can stack eight devices in
a cabinet that has at least 40 U (70 in. or 1.78 m) of usable vertical space.
Cabinet Airflow Requirements
When you mount the device in a cabinet, you must ensure that ventilation through the
cabinet is sufficient to prevent overheating. Following is a list of requirements to consider
when planning for chassis cooling:
Related
Documentation
•
Ensure that the cool air supply you provide through the cabinet can adequately dissipate
the thermal output of the device.
•
Ensure that the cabinet allows the chassis hot exhaust air to exit from the cabinet
without recirculating into the device. An open cabinet (without a top or doors) that
employs hot air exhaust extraction from the top allows the best airflow through the
chassis. If the cabinet contains a top or doors, perforations in these elements assist
with removing the hot air exhaust.
•
Route and dress all cables to minimize the blockage of airflow to and from the chassis.
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 46
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Size and Strength Requirements on page 44
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes on page 45
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to the Building Structure on page 45
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Size and Strength Requirements
The SRX1400 Services Gateway can be installed in a rack. Many types of racks are
acceptable, including four-post (telco) racks and open-frame racks.
You can front-mount or rear-mount the services gateway in a two-post rack, a four-post
rack, or a cabinet.
NOTE: Though two-post front mounting is most common method of
installation for the SRX1400 device, you can also front-mount or rear-mount
the chassis in a four-post rack. However, there is no support shelf provided
for the rear edge of the chassis to rest.
The device is designed for installation into a 19-in. (48.26 cm) rack as defined in Cabinets,
Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310–D) published by
the electronics Industry Association (http://www.eia.org).
With the use of adapters, the device is designed to fit into a 600-mm-wide (23.62-mm)
rack or cabinet, as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European
telecommunications standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300
119-1 through 119-4) published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute
(http://www.etsi.org). Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the
rails.
The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the device chassis's
external dimensions: 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) high, 13.8 in. (35.05 cm) deep, and 17.5 in. (44.5
cm) wide. The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances
around the device and rack.
The chassis height of 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) is approximately 3 U. A U is the standard rack unit
defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number
EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association. You can stack eight
SRX1400 Services Gateways in a rack that has at least 40 U (70 in. or 1.78 m) of usable
vertical space.
The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured device, up
to 42.3 lb (19.3 kg). If you stack 8 fully configured devices in one rack, it must be capable
of supporting up to 340.61 lb (154.4 kg)
44
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation
Figure 16: Typical Open-Frame Rack
SRX1400 Services Gateway Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes
The device can be mounted in any rack that provides holes or hole patterns spaced at
1 U (1.75 in. or 4.4 cm) increments. The mounting brackets used to attach the chassis to
a rack are designed to fasten to holes spaced at those distances.
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to the Building Structure
Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject
to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to
ceiling brackets. For more information, see “Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings”
on page 151.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 46
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
45
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
When planning the installation site, you need to allow sufficient clearance around the
rack (see Figure 17 on page 46):
Figure 17: SRX1400 Services Gateway Clearance Requirements
Rear: 61 cm clearance required
for maintenance
Sides:
Minimum
7 cm between
chassis and wall
or non-heatproducing
surface;
Minimum
15.2 cm
between
devices
39.44 cm
44.45 cm
g033510
Front: 76.2 cm clearance required for maintenance
Related
Documentation
46
•
For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be
unrestricted. Allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance between devices. Allow 2.8 in.
(7 cm) between the side of the chassis and any non-heat-producing surface such as
a wall.
•
For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be
adequate space at the front and back of the services gateway. At least 24 in. (61 cm)
is required both in front of and behind the device. NEBS GR-63 recommends that you
allow at least 30 in. (72.6 cm) in front of the rack and 24 in. (61.0 cm) behind the rack.
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 4
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To unpack the SRX1400 Services Gateway and prepare for installation, you need a Phillips
(+) screwdriver, number 2.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway is shipped in a cardboard carton. Getting Started
installation instructions and an accessory box are also included in the shipping carton.
NOTE: The services gateway is maximally protected inside the shipping
carton. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.
Figure 18 on page 48 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a shipping carton.
To unpack the services gateway:
1.
Move the shipping carton to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible,
where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis.
2. Position the shipping carton with the arrows pointing up.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
47
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
3. Remove the plastic handle inserts and lift the cardboard cover off the device.
4. Remove the foam covering the top of the services gateway.
5. Remove the accessory box and the SRX1400 Services Gateway Getting Started Guide.
g033512
Figure 18: Unpack the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6. With a person on each side of the carton, carefully lift the device from the carton and
place it on a flat, level surface. Remove the bag covering the device.
7. Verify the parts received against the list provided in the “Verifying Parts Received with
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 49.
8. Save the carton and the packing materials in case you need to move or ship the services
gateway at a later time.
NOTE: The NSPC slot is covered with a filler cover, and the IOC slot is
covered with a blank panel at the time of shipment. Save the filler cover
and the blank panel after removing them from the slots, in case you need
them when you pack or move the chassis at a later time. The filler cover
does not have an overlay.
9. Proceed to install the services gateway.
Related
Documentation
48
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway
A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the
items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of
each part in your order. Note that feature and service cards are shipped in separate boxes
from the chassis.
If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.
A fully configured services gateway contains the chassis with installed components,
listed in Table 30 on page 49, and an accessory box, which contains the parts listed in
Table 31 on page 50. The parts shipped with your device can vary depending on the
configuration you ordered.
Table 30: Parts List for a Fully Configured SRX1400 Services Gateway
Component
Quantity
Chassis, including backplane, and rack-mounting brackets
1
NSPC
1
Routing Engine
1
System I/O card
1
Power supplies
At least 1 and up to 2
Fan tray
1
Air filter
1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Getting Started Guide
1
Blank panels for slots without components installed
•
1 single-wide blank panel for
the slot not occupied by an
IOC
•
1 dual-wide blank panel for
NSPC slot not occupied by
an NSPC.
AC Power Cord
1
NOTE: The NSPC and IOC are not a part of the base chassis configuration.
You must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer
service representative for more information.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
49
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: If you are planning to use Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services
Processing Card (SPC) (supported on SRX3000 Series Services Gateway)
on the SRX1400 device, then you must order them separately. For more
details on NPC and SPC, see “SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards
Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 207.
You can use NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 device in place of the NSPC.
To install the NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, you must
order the Twin-CFM tray holder (SRX1K3K-2CFM-TRAY) to hold two
single-wide CFMs (NPC and SPC) separately. Contact your Juniper Networks
customer service representative for more information.
Table 31: Accessory Box Parts List
Related
Documentation
50
Part
Quantity
Rack mount kit
1
RJ-45-to-DB-9 cable to connect the device through the
serial port
1
Juniper Networks Product Warranty
1
End User License Agreement
1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Getting Started Guide
1
Documentation Information Card
1
Product Registration
1
Juniper Compliance Form Letter; Reduction of Hazardous
Substances (RoHS)
1
Document sleeve
1
ESD wrist strap with cable
1
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 5
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet
Installation on page 53
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical
Lift on page 55
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift) on page 58
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This section provides instructions for installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a rack
or cabinet. Because of the size and weight of the device—up to 42.5 lb (19.3 kg) (fully
loaded chassis) depending on the configuration—we recommend that you install it using
a mechanical lift. The SRX1400 Services Gateway is rack-mountable with support for
both front-mounting and rear-mounting.
After you have prepared your installation site, you are ready to unpack and install the
services gateway. It is important to proceed through the installation process as shown
in Table 32 on page 51.
Table 32: SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Process
Procedures
For More Information, See:
Review the safety guidelines
“Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 41
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
51
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 32: SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Process (continued)
Procedures
For More Information, See:
Install the services gateway
“Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack
or Cabinet Manually” on page 58
or
“Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack
or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 55
Connect cables to external devices
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a
Network for Out-of-Band Management” on page 73
or
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a
Management Console or an Auxiliary Device” on
page 74
Connect the grounding cable
“Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on
page 78
Connect the power cables
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC
Power Supply” on page 80
or
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an
AC Power Supply” on page 79
Related
Documentation
Power on the services gateway
“Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on
page 82
Perform the initial system startup
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration
Overview” on page 85
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift
on page 55
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines
To avoid harm to yourself or the services gateway as you install and maintain it, follow
the guidelines for working with and near electrical equipment, as well as the safety
procedures for working with networking devices. However, providing an exhaustive set
of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this guide.
52
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift
on page 55
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To install the services gateway, you need the following tools:
Related
Documentation
•
Mechanical lift (if you are installing the device using a mechanical lift)
•
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation on
page 53
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift
on page 55
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 60
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation
Before you begin the installation, verify the following:
Related
Documentation
•
Your site has been properly prepared for the device. See “Site Preparation Checklist
for the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 41 for a summary of the tasks you need
to perform.
•
The device has been removed from the shipping container. See “Unpacking the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 47.
•
You have read the safety information in “Chassis Lifting Guidelines” on page 149.
•
Ensure the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that
the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance. For
details, see “Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the
SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 46.
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
53
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift
on page 55
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 60
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The specific mounting hardware used depends on the type of rack you are using. Follow
the appropriate steps for your rack to install the mounting hardware.
To install the mounting hardware:
1.
Locate the rack mount brackets in the accessory kit.
2. Position a mounting bracket on each side of the chassis. You can position the brackets
in front-mount or rear-mount position.
3. Use the screws provided to secure the rack mount brackets to the sides of the chassis
as shown in Figure 19 on page 54.
g033513
Figure 19: Attaching Mounting Bracket to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
54
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation on
page 53
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift
on page 55
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 60
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift
CAUTION: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel
to shield the empty slot to prevent foreign objects from damaging the exposed
electronics.
You can front-mount or rear-mount the services gateway in a two-post rack, a four-post
rack, or a cabinet. This topic provides the installation instructions on front-mounting of
the device in a two-post rack.
To install an SRX1400 Services Gateway in a rack or cabinet:
1.
Ensure the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building.
2. Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and
maintenance. For details, see “Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 41.
3. Load the device onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform (see
Figure 20 on page 56).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
55
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
g033515
Figure 20: Load SRX1400 Services Gateway Into a Mechanical Lift
4. Using the lift, position the device in the rack and align the bottom hole in each mounting
bracket with a hole in each rack rail as shown in Figure 21 on page 57.
56
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
g033516
Figure 21: Attach Mounting Hardware for Two-Post Rack
•
For front-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each
mounting bracket at the front edge of the chassis.
•
For rear-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each
mounting bracket at the rear edge of the chassis.
NOTE: Similarly, you can front-mount or rear-mount the chassis in a
four-post rack. However, there is no support shelf provided for the
unsupported edge of the chassis to rest on.
5. Install the remaining screws in each mounting bracket. Use a number-2 Phillips
screwdriver to tighten the screws.
6. Move the lift away from the rack.
7. Visually inspect the alignment of the device. If the device is installed properly in the
rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the
mounting screws on the opposite side and the device should be level.
NOTE: Similarly, you can front-mount or rear-mount the chassis in a four-post
rack. However, there is no support shelf provided for the rear edge of the
chassis to rest on.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation on
page 53
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
57
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift)
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually on page 59
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 60
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually
If you cannot use a mechanical lift to install the SRX1400 Services Gateway (the preferred
method), you can install it manually. Before installing the services gateway manually,
you must first remove components from the chassis, and you must reinstall the
components once the services gateway is installed in the rack.
NOTE: We recommend removing the components from the chassis before
installing to prevent damage to the components.
At least two people are needed to safely lift the chassis into the rack or cabinet. With
components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 23.30 lb (10.57 kg).
CAUTION: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel
to shield the empty slot to prevent foreign objects from damaging the exposed
electronics.
Before installing the services gateway in the rack:
•
Read the safety information in “Chassis Lifting Guidelines” on page 149.
•
Remove the services gateway from the shipping container as described in “Unpacking
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 47.
•
Install the mounting hardware as described in “Installing the Mounting Hardware for
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 54.
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a rack or cabinet Manually involves the
following steps:
1.
58
Remove the components from chassis to reduce the weight. For more information,
see “Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 60.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
2. Lift the chassis into a rack. For more information, see “Lifting the SRX1400 Services
Gateway Chassis into a Rack” on page 60.
3. Reinstall the components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis. For more
information, see “Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Chassis” on page 62.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift) on page 59
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually
To install the device, you need the following tools and parts:
Related
Documentation
•
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
•
ESD grounding wrist strap
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift) on page 59
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 60
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
59
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To make the services gateway light enough to install manually, you must first remove
the following components from the chassis:
•
Power supplies
•
Fan tray
The procedure in this topic is for removing components from the base model of the
chassis for initial installation only. To use this procedure, you must have not yet connected
power cables to the services gateway.
To remove the components from the device:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see the SRX1400 Services
Gateway Hardware Documentation.
2. Release each component by loosening its retaining screws and unlatching its ejector
handles as appropriate.
3. Slide each component out of the chassis evenly so that it does not become stuck or
damaged.
4. Label each component as you remove it so you can reinstall it in the correct location.
5. Immediately store each removed component in an electrostatic bag.
6. Do not stack removed components. Set each one on a flat surface.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift) on page 59
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack
Lifting the chassis and mounting it in a rack requires two people (see Figure 22 on page 61).
Without the power supply and fan tray, the chassis weighs approximately 23.3 lb (10.57
kg).
1.
Ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building.
2. Position the chassis in front of the rack.
3. With one person on each side, lift the chassis into position in the rack.
WARNING: Do not attempt to lift the chassis by the handles on the power
supplies or on the CFMs. The handles might break off, causing the chassis
to fall and inflict injury.
60
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
g033545
Figure 22: Lift the Chassis Into the Rack
4. Align the bottom hole in each mounting bracket with a hole in each rack rail as shown
in Figure 23 on page 61.
g033516
Figure 23: Attach Mounting Hardware for Two-Post Rack
•
For front-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each
mounting bracket at the front edge of the chassis.
•
For rear-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each
mounting bracket at the rear edge of the chassis.
NOTE: Similarly, you can front-mount or rear-mount the chassis in a
four-post rack. However, there is no support shelf provided for the
unsupported edge of the chassis to rest.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
61
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
5. Use the screws to attach the left and right brackets to the rack.
6. Visually inspect the alignment of the chassis. If the chassis is installed properly in the
rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the
mounting screws on the opposite side and the chassis should be level.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift) on page 59
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis
To reinstall the components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis:
1.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect
the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,
see the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Documentation.
2. Identify the locations in the chassis where you will reinstall the removed components.
Use the label you have marked on each removed component to identify the component
and its correct location in the chassis.
3. Slide each component into the chassis evenly so that it does not become stuck or
damaged.
4. Tighten the latching levers or captive screws for each component as appropriate.
NOTE: Do not expose the empty CFM (IOC and NSPC) slots. Use appropriate
covers (blank panel for IOC slot and filler cover for NSPC slot) to prevent any
dust or foreign objects from damaging the electronics.
Related
Documentation
62
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift) on page 59
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 60
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 6
Installing Additional Components into the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 63
•
Installing a System I/O Card into the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 65
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can install an NSPC in the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
NOTE: You can either use an NSPC or the combination of SRX3000 Series
Services Gateway Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services Processing
Cards (SPC), with a Twin-CFM holder tray holder on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway for the device to operate properly. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 207.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
63
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: If an NSPC is not present, you must install a filler cover to shield the
empty slots 1 and 3 and to (shown in Figure 24 on page 64) to shield the empty
slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
g033565
Figure 24: SRX1400 Services Gateway with NSPC Slot Covered by
Dual-Wide Filler Cover
To install an NSPC:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
For more information about ESD, see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Place the card on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3. Identify the slot on the services gateway where you will install the NSPC.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
4. Remove the dual-wide filler cover from the slot by loosening its screws and sliding it
out of the slot. Save the filler cover after removing it from the slot, in case you need
it when you pack or move the chassis at a later time.
5. Orient the NSPC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the NSPC all the way into the
card cage until you feel resistance. See Figure 25 on page 64.
g033519
Figure 25: Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an
SRX1400 Services Gateway
64
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6. Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the NSPC.
7. Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
connecting to a management device. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 82 to power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Related
Documentation
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
Installing a System I/O Card into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
To install a SYSIOC on an SRX1400 Services Gateway:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
For more information about ESD, see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Place the SYSIOC on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3. Identify the slot on the services gateway where you will install the SYSIOC.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
4. Orient the SYSIOC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the SYSIOC all the way into
the card cage until you feel resistance.
5. Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the SYSIOC.
6. Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
7. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports (ports 0-5) and small
form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceivers (ports 6-11) on SYSIOC as required. Secure
the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out
of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its
shape.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
connecting to a management device. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway”
on page 82 to power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway SYS I/O Cards on page 16
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
65
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To install an AC power supply:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
For more information about ESD, see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Orient the power supply so that the locking lever is on the left, as shown in Figure 26
on page 66.
g033539
Figure 26: Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
3. Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power
supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. The power supply faceplate should be flush
with any adjacent power supply faceplate or blank installed in the power supply slot.
4. Proceed with connecting the power supply to AC power. See “Connecting the SRX1400
Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply” on page 79 for information on connecting
the power supply to AC power.
Related
Documentation
66
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To install a DC power supply:
1.
Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there
is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Orient the power supply so that the locking lever is on the left, as shown in Figure 27
on page 67.
g033548
Figure 27: Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
4. Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power
supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. The power supply faceplate should be flush
with any adjacent power supply faceplate.
5. Proceed with connecting the power supply to DC power. See “Connecting the SRX1400
Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply” on page 80.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
67
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
68
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 7
Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400
Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topic:
•
Installing a Copper or Fiber I/O Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
Installing a Copper or Fiber I/O Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
This following topics describe installation procedures for two types of I/O cards that the
services gateway supports:
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 69
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 70
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
To install an IOC that supports copper media interfaces:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
For more information about ESD, see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Place the IOC on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3. Identify the slot on the services gateway where it will be installed.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
69
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
4. Orient the IOC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the IOC all the way into the card
g033536
cage until you feel resistance.
5. Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
6. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each IOC. Secure the
cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the
way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
connecting to a management device. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway”
on page 82 to power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing
the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 70
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
To install an IOC that supports fiber-optic media interfaces:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
For more information about ESD, see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Place the IOC on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3. Identify the slot on the services gateway where you will install the IOC.
70
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
4. Orient the IOC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the IOC all the way into the card
g033538
cage until you feel resistance.
5. Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
6. Install XFP or SFP transceivers as appropriate into the sockets on the IOC:
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP
transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers
are used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a
Juniper Networks-support transceiver part number is used.
a. Take each new transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag and identify
the port on the IOC where it will be installed.
b. Verify that each transceiver is covered with a rubber safety cap. Cover any
transceivers without a safety cap.
c. Remove the rubber dust covers from each SFP or XFP socket in which you will
install a transceiver.
d. Carefully align the transceiver with the sockets in the IOC. The connectors should
face the IOC.
e. Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the IOC slot. If you are unable
to fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
f.
Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
7. Remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
71
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable
connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
8. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each IOC. Secure the
cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the
way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Do not let the fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.
Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable
at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend
radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable
and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
connecting to a management device. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway”
on page 82 to power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing
the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
72
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 69
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 8
Connecting the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Device on page 73
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Device
After you have installed the services gateway into the rack, attach one or more external
devices to the ports on the System I/O card (SYSIOC) that connect to the installed
Routing Engine for management and service operations.
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band
Management on page 73
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
Device on page 74
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
To connect the Routing Engine to a network for out-of-band management:
1.
Plug one end of an Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors (see Figure 28 on page 74)
into the ETHERNET port on the front of the SYSIOC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
73
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
g033544
Figure 28: Ethernet Cable Connector
2. Plug the other end of the cable into the management device.
3. Proceed with grounding and powering on the device.
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
Device on page 74
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Procedure) on page 86
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary Device
To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to one
of the CONSOLE ports on the SYSIOC, using the RJ-45 cable.
To connect a management console or an auxiliary device:
1.
74
Plug the RJ-45 end of the cable (see Figure 29 on page 75) into one of the CONSOLE
ports on the SYSIOC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 8: Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
g033543
Figure 29: CONSOLE Cable Connector
2. Plug the female DB-9 end into the device's serial port.
3. Proceed with grounding and powering on the device.
You can start performing Initial software configuration on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway after the device is up.
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
on page 73
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Procedure) on page 86
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
75
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
76
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 9
Grounding and Providing Power to the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 77
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
To ground and provide power to the device, you need the following tools and parts:
Related
Documentation
•
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
•
2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver
•
Wire cutters
•
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
77
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To connect the services gateway to earth ground:
1.
Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug to the grounding cable
(cable lug, washers, and screws are not supplied with the device).
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved
site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3. Ensure that all grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before you
make the grounding connections.
4. Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.
5. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the site ESD grounding point.
6. With the ESD grounding strap attached to your bare wrist, connect the strap to one
of the ESD points on the chassis.
7. Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding point—a pair of M5 holes to the left
of the power supply slots. See Figure 30 on page 78.
g033542
Figure 30: Connect the Grounding Cable to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
8. Secure the grounding cable lug to the chassis using the washers and screws.
9. Dress the grounding cable, and verify that it does not touch or block access to device
components and it does not cause a tripping hazard.
Related
Documentation
78
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 77
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 9: Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply
WARNING: The device must be properly grounded before you connect the
AC power cords.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services
gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
You connect AC power to the device by attaching power cords from the AC power sources
to the AC appliance inlets located on the power supplies.
To connect the AC power cords to the device for each power supply:
1.
Locate the power cord or cords with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical
location to connect the device to AC power.
For more information about model numbers, see the SRX1400 AC Power Cord
Specifications topic in the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Documentation.
2. Insert the appliance coupler end of the power cord into the appliance inlet on the
power supply, as shown in Figure 31 on page 79.
g033522
Figure 31: Connect the Chassis to AC Power
3. Snap the wire bail on the power supply over the power cord to prevent the power cord
from accidentally disengaging.
4. Insert the power cord plug into an external AC power source receptacle.
NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power
feed and a dedicated external circuit breaker. We recommend that you
use a 15 A (250 VAC) minimum circuit breaker, or as permitted by local
code.
5. Dress the power cord appropriately.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
79
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
6. Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust or access to device
components and does not cause a tripping hazard.
7. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 for the second power supply.
If the PWR LED indicates that the power supply is not functioning normally, repeat the
installation and cabling procedures.
NOTE: If power is lost to the services gateway, the Power-On/Power-Off
state is retained. For example, if the services gateway loses power while the
device is on, when power returns, the device will still be in the On state.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 77
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same device.
Damage to the device might occur.
WARNING: The device must be properly grounded before you connect the
DC power cables.
80
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 9: Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: Before performing the following procedure, ensure that power is
removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit
breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit
breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker
in the off position.
You connect DC power to the device by attaching power cables from the external DC
power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates.
CAUTION: Before you connect power to the services gateway, a licensed
electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that
you use. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the device (for
example, by causing a short circuit). To meet safety and electromagnetic
interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, you must
connect the SRX1400 Services Gateway to ground before you connect it to
power.
To connect the DC source power cables to the device for each power supply:
1.
Switch off the dedicated facility circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the
DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads
might become active during installation.
2. Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
3. Verify that the DC power cables are correctly labeled before making connections to
the power supply.
In a typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground
at the battery plant, you can use a multimeter to verify that the ohm output of the
-48V and RTN DC cables to chassis ground. The cable with very large resistance
(indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground will be -48V, and the cable with very
low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground will be RTN.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper
polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate
their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The
color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines
the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the
terminal studs on each power supply.
4. Remove the screws and square washers from the terminals, using a Phillips (+)
screwdriver, number 2.
5. Secure each power cable lug to the terminals with the square washers and the screws.
Apply between 23 in.-lb (2.6 Nm) and 25 in.-lb (2.8 Nm) of torque to each screw.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
81
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
•
Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
6. Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
7. Verify that the power cables are connected correctly, that they are not touching or
blocking access to services gateway components, and it does not cause a tripping
hazard.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for the second power supply, if you are installing one.
NOTE: If power is lost to the services gateway, the Power-On/Power-Off
state is retained. For example, if the services gateway loses power while the
device is on, when power returns, the device will still be in the On state.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 77
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To power on the services gateway:
1.
Ensure that you have connected the power supply to the device.
2. Insert the plug into an AC power source receptacle (for AC-powered devices).
Or
Attach the power cable to the DC power source (for DC-powered devices).
The device starts automatically as the power supply completes its startup sequence.
The Power LED blinks during startup and remains on steadily when the device is operating
normally.
82
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 9: Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE:
Related
Documentation
•
If the device does not power on after connecting to the power supply, press
the POWER button on the front of the SYSIOC for 3 to 5 seconds to power
on the device.
•
Note that the Routing Engine, SYSIOC, and at least one power supply must
be installed on the SRX1400 Services Gateway for the device to power on;
otherwise, the device cannot be powered on.
•
If power is lost to the services gateway, the Power-On/Power-Off state is
retained. For example, if the services gateway loses power while the device
is on, when power returns, the device will still be in the On state.
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can power off the services gateway in one of the following ways:
•
Graceful shutdown—Press and immediately release the POWER button on the front
of the SYSIOC (for 3 to 5 seconds) to initiate graceful shutdown. The device begins
gracefully shutting down the operating system and then powers itself off.
•
Forced shutdown—Press the POWER button and hold it for 15 seconds to power down
the device immediately.
You need to press the POWER button again to power on the device.
WARNING: Use the graceful shutdown method to power off or reboot the
services gateway. Use the forced shutdown method as a last resort to
recover the services gateway if the services gateway operating system is
not responding to the graceful shutdown method.
By default, even if you press the POWER button and hold it for 15 seconds
(that is, more than 5 seconds), the device will still do a graceful shutdown
as long as the device is responsive and operating normally. The device will
resort to forced shutdown only if it fails or does not respond to the operating
system.
•
To remove power completely from the device, unplug the AC power cord (for
AC-powered devices) or switch off the DC power source (for DC-powered devices).
After powering off the device, wait for at least 10 seconds before powering on the
device again. After powering on the device, wait for at least 10 seconds before powering
it off.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
83
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
CAUTION: Forced shutdown can result in data loss and corruption of the file
system.
Related
Documentation
84
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 10
Performing Initial Software Configuration
on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Procedure) on page 86
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview
The services gateway is shipped with Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured
when the device is powered on. You can configure the services gateway using the Junos
OS command-line interface (CLI), J-Web interface, SSH, or Telnet. However, you can
perform initial configuration using the CLI only.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway includes the copies of Junos OS in:
•
CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine
•
Hard disk in the Routing Engine
NOTE: You can also use the Junos OS stored in the USB flash drive inserted
into the Routing Engine faceplate.
When the device boots, the following sequence of events occurs:
1.
The device attempts to start the image on the USB flash drive (if available).
2. The device attempts to start the image from the CompactFlash card if the USB flash
drive is not inserted into the Routing Engine or if the first attempt fails.
3. The device attempts to start the image from the hard disk if the first two methods
fail.
You configure the services gateway by using Junos OS command-line interface (CLI)
commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the SYSIOC
or over a Telnet connection to a network connected to the ETHERNET port on the SYSIOC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
85
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Gather the following information before configuring the device:
Related
Documentation
•
Name the device will use on the network
•
Domain name the device will use
•
IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface
•
IP address of a default router
•
IP address of a DNS server
•
Password for the root user
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
on page 73
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
Device on page 74
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Procedure) on page 86
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Procedure)
This sample procedure explains how you can create an initial configuration using CLI
commands to connect the services gateway to the network. For complete information
about enabling the device to forward traffic, including examples, see the appropriate
Junos OS configuration guides.
To configure Junos OS:
1.
Verify that the device is powered on.
2. Log in as the root user. There is no password.
3. Start the CLI.
root#cli
root#
4. Enter configuration mode.
configure
[edit]
root@#
5. Set the root authentication password by entering a cleartext password, an encrypted
password, or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA).
[edit]
root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password
6. Configure an administrator account on the device. When prompted, enter the password
for the administrator account.
[edit]
86
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 10: Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
root@# set system login user admin class super-user authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password
7. Commit the configuration to activate it on the device.
[edit]
root@# commit
8. Log in as the administrative user you configured in Step 6.
9. Configure the name of the device. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in
quotation marks (“ ”).
configure
[edit]
admin@# set system host-name host-name
10. Configure the IP address and prefix length for the device’s Ethernet interface.
[edit]
admin@# set interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
11. Configure the traffic interface.
[edit]
admin@# set interfaces ge-0/0/0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
admin@# set interfaces ge-0/0/1 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
NOTE: The ge-0/0/0 interface is for the LAN, and the ge-0/0/1 interface
is for the ISP.
12. Configure the default route.
[edit]
admin@# set routing-options static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop gateway
13. Configure basic security zones and bind them to traffic interfaces.
[edit]
admin@# set security zones security-zone trust interfaces ge-0/0/0
admin@# set security zones security-zone untrust interfaces ge-0/0/1
14. Configure basic security policies.
[edit]
admin@# set security policies from-zone trust to-zone untrust policy policy-name match
source-address any destination-address any application any
admin@# set security policies from-zone trust to-zone untrust policy policy-name then permit
admin@# set security policies from-zone untrust to-zone trust policy policy-name match
source-address any destination-address any application any
admin@# set security policies from-zone untrust to-zone trust policy policy-name then permit
NOTE: The actual configuration of the policies depends on your
requirements.
15. Check the configuration for validity.
[edit]
admin@# commit check
configuration check succeeds
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
87
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
16. Commit the configuration to activate it on the device.
[edit]
admin@# commit
commit complete
17. Optionally, display the configuration to verify that it is correct.
NOTE: This is a sample output. The actual output might vary depending
on your configuration requirements.
admin@# show
## Last changed: 2010-08-18 05:50:46 UTC
version "10.4I0 [sharibkh]";
system {
host-name doc;
root-authentication {
encrypted-password "$1$OJJkOtOh$sxV2pvW.XX2CIhIoD7WEM1"; ## SECRET-DATA
}
login {
user admin {
uid 2000;
class super-user;
authentication {
encrypted-password "$1$Gx9YDUAi$V8ee8svJZN8c02X81vIKY."; ##
SECR
ET-DATA
}
}
user regress {
uid 928;
class super-user;
authentication {
encrypted-password "$1$SgVN0PWm$8T4GHRasDvGZV2/fXREZj/"; ##
SECR
ET-DATA
}
}
}
services {
ssh;
telnet;
web-management {
http;
}
}
}
interfaces {
ge-0/0/0 {
unit 0 {
family inet
address
}
}
}
ge-0/0/1 {
unit 0 {
family inet
address
88
{
192.1.1.1/24;
{
5.1.1.1/24;
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 10: Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
}
}
}
fxp0 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address 10.204.210.23/23;
address 192.168.10.2/24;
}
}
}
}
routing-options {
static {
route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop [ 10.204.211.254 5.1.1.2 ];
}
}
security {
zones {
security-zone trust {
interfaces {
ge-0/0/0.0;
}
}
security-zone untrust {
interfaces {
ge-0/0/1.0;
}
}
}
policies {
from-zone trust to-zone untrust {
policy bob {
match {
source-address any;
destination-address any;
application any;
}
then {
permit;
}
}
}
}
policies {
from-zone untrust to-zone trust {
policy bob {
match {
source-address any;
destination-address any;
application any;
}
then {
permit;
}
}
}
}
}
[edit]
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
89
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
regress#
[edit]
18. Commit the configuration to activate it on the device.
[edit]
admin@# commit
19. Optionally, configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration
statements. Then commit the changes to activate them on the device.
[edit]
admin@# commit
20. When you have finished configuring the device, exit configuration mode.
[edit]
admin@# exit
admin@>
NOTE: To access the device using J-Web for the first time, enter the
configuration mode in the CLI, and set the management option using the
command set system services web-management http.
If you are using an interface other than fxp0, then you must also use the
command set security zones security-zone trust interface interface-name
host-inbound-traffic system-services http/https to set up J-Web.
Related
Documentation
90
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
on page 73
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
Device on page 74
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Maintenance, Replacement, and
Troubleshooting Procedures
•
Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 93
•
Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
91
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
92
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 11
Maintaining the SRX1400 Services
Gateway Hardware Components
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components on page 93
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 96
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components
To maintain hardware components, you need the following tools and parts:
Related
Documentation
•
ESD grounding wrist strap
•
Flat-blade (–) screwdriver
•
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1
•
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
93
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
For optimum services gateway performance, perform the following preventive
maintenance procedures regularly:
•
Inspect the installation site for moisture, loose wires or cables, and excessive dust.
Make sure that airflow is unobstructed around the device and into the air intake vents.
•
Inspect the air filter, cleaning or replacing it as needed for optimum cooling system
performance. Do not run the device for more than a few minutes without the air filter
in place. For maintenance instructions, see “Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 94.
CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the services gateway is
operating. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits
of wire or other materials into the device through the unfiltered air intake.
This could damage the device components.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components on page 93
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
A dirty air filter restricts airflow in the unit, reducing the ventilation of the chassis. The
filter degrades over time. Periodically replace the filter in use, as well as spares. We
recommend that you replace the filter every 6 months.
CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the services gateway is
operating. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of
wire or other materials into the device through the unfiltered air intake. This
could damage the device components.
Always keep spare air filters and store them in a dark, cool, and dry place. Storing air
filters at higher temperatures, or where they can be exposed to ultraviolet (UV) radiation,
hydrocarbon emissions, or vapors from solvents, can significantly reduce their life.
Related
Documentation
94
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components on page 93
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 11: Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The fan tray contains two fans that work in unison to cool the services gateway
components. If one fan fails, the host subsystem adjusts the speed of the remaining fan
to maintain proper cooling. A red alarm is triggered when a fan fails, and a yellow alarm
and red alarm is triggered when a fan tray is removed.
NOTE: The fan tray supports online insertion and removal. We recommend
that you reinstall the fan tray within three minutes; otherwise, the services
gateway temperature exceeds the maximum recommended room
temperature and the device shuts down automatically in 4 minutes.
If one fan fails, you must replace the failed fan immediately. If the remaining
fan also fails, then all the components in the device go offline automatically
(when both fans fail).
To display the status of the cooling system, use the show chassis environment command.
The output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item
Temp PEM 0
PEM 1
Routing Engine 0
Routing Engine 1
CB 0 Intake
CB 0 Exhaust A
CB 0 Mezz
FPC 0 Intake
FPC 0 Exhaust A
FPC 1 Intake
FPC 1 Exhaust A
FPC 1 XLR
FPC 2 Intake
FPC 2 Exhaust A
FPC 3 Intake
FPC 3 Exhaust A
Fans Fan 1
Fan 2
Related
Documentation
Status
OK
Absent
OK
Absent
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Measurement
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components on page 93
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
95
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To monitor the Routing Engine, follow these guidelines:
•
Check the LEDs on the Routing Engine faceplate
•
Check the status of the Routing Engine using the show chassis routing-engine command.
The output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Master
Election priority
Master (default)
DRAM
1023 MB
Memory utilization
35 percent
CPU utilization:
User
0 percent
Background
0 percent
Kernel
2 percent
Interrupt
0 percent
Idle
97 percent
Model
RE-SRX1400
Start time
2010-07-08 13:54:21 UTC
Uptime
5 days, 1 hour, 38 minutes, 53 seconds
Last reboot reason
0x1:power cycle/failure
Load averages:
1 minute
5 minute 15 minute
0.01
0.04
0.03
•
Check the status of the chassis using the show chassis environment command. The
output is similar to the following
user@host> show chassis environment
regress@host-pubs> show chassis environment
Class Item
Status
Temp PEM 0
OK
PEM 1
Absent
Routing Engine 0
OK
Routing Engine 1
Absent
CB 0 Intake
OK
CB 0 Exhaust A
OK
CB 0 Mezz
OK
FPC 0 Intake
OK
FPC 0 Exhaust A
OK
FPC 1 Intake
OK
FPC 1 Exhaust A
OK
FPC 1 XLR
OK
FPC 2 Intake
OK
FPC 2 Exhaust A
OK
FPC 3 Intake
OK
FPC 3 Exhaust A
OK
Fans Fan 1
OK
Fan 2
OK
Measurement
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals available at
http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/software/junos-srx/index.html .
Related
Documentation
96
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components on page 93
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 11: Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 96
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine on page 24
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To maintain the power supplies, follow these guidelines:
•
To check the status of the power supplies, use the show chassis environment pem
command. The output is similar to the following:
user@host> show chassis environment pem
PEM 0 status:
State
Temperature
AC Input:
DC Output
PEM 1 status:
State
Temperature
AC Input:
DC Output
Related
Documentation
Online
OK
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
OK
118 Volts
Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12
11
132
11
Online
OK
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
OK
119 Volts
Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12
10
120
10
•
Make sure that the power and grounding cables are arranged so that they do not
obstruct access to other services gateway components.
•
Routinely check the PWR status LED on the SYSIOC faceplate. If this LED is solid green,
the power supplies are functioning normally.
•
Routinely check the LED on the power supply faceplate. Each power supply faceplate
displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power supply. For more information,
see “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on page 32 or “SRX1400 Services
Gateway DC Power Supply” on page 34.
•
Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the grounding and power cables connected
to the device are securely in place and that there is no moisture accumulating near the
device.
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components on page 93
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
97
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
98
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 12
Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Troubleshooting Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 103
•
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Troubleshooting the System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Troubleshooting the Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 106
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
Troubleshooting Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 101
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 103
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) is the primary tool for controlling and
troubleshooting services gateway hardware, the Junos OS, routing protocols, and network
connectivity. CLI commands display information from routing tables, information specific
to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from the ping
and traceroute utilities. CLI commands are entered on one or more external management
devices. These devices are connected to the services gateway through the CONSOLE
port on the SYSIOC.
You can use the CLI to display details about alarms generated by interfaces and hardware
components as shown in examples below:
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
99
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of the installed cards. As
shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates
that the card is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc
Temp
Temp
Slot State
(C)
0 Online
42
1 Online
34
2 Online
32
3 Online
55
•
CPU Utilization (%)
CPU Utilization (%)
Total Interrupt
40
0
40
0
40
0
40
0
Memory
Utilization (%)
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
1024
3
27
1024
3
27
1024
3
27
1024
3
27
Using a question mark (?) gives you a listing of the various options for the command
as shown below:
user@host> show chassis fpc ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]>
Execute this command
<fpc-slot>
FPC slot number (0..3)
detail
Display detailed output
pic-status
Show Physical Interface Cards installed in FPC
|
Pipe through a command
•
To view information about a particular card in the chassis, use the fpc slot option:
user@host> show chassis fpc 3
Slot State
3 Online
•
Temp
(C)
54
CPU Utilization (%)
Total Interrupt
39
0
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
1024
3
27
For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify
a slot number, which is optional:
user@host> show chassis fpc detail
regress@host-pubs> show chassis fpc detail
Slot 0 information:
State
Online
Temperature
42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM
1024 MB
Total RLDRAM
0 MB
Total DDR DRAM
0 MB
Start time:
2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
Uptime:
2 hours, 23 minutes
Max Power Consumption
0 Watts
Slot 1 information:
State
Online
Temperature
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM
1024 MB
Total RLDRAM
0 MB
Total DDR DRAM
0 MB
Start time:
2010-07-08 13:56:24 UTC
Uptime:
2 hours, 22 minutes, 55 seconds
Max Power Consumption
0 Watts
Slot 2 information:
State
Online
Temperature
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM
1024 MB
Total RLDRAM
0 MB
Total DDR DRAM
0 MB
Start time:
2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
100
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Uptime:
Max Power Consumption
Slot 3 information:
State
Temperature
Total CPU DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Total DDR DRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Max Power Consumption
2 hours, 23 minutes
0 Watts
Online
degrees C / 129 degrees F
MB
MB
MB
2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
2 hours, 23 minutes
0 Watts
54
1024
0
0
NOTE: For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the
Junos System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: The set chassis ioc-npc-connectivity command is not supported on
the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
You can also view the chassis properties in the J-Web interface by selecting
Monitor>Chassis. For more information on troubleshooting the individual hardware
components, see the following topics:
•
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
Troubleshooting System I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Troubleshooting Network and Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 106
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway LEDs, listed in Table 33 on page 102 display the status
of various components.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
101
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 33: LEDs on SRX1400 Services Gateway
LEDs
Labels
For More Information
Common
form-factor
module
(CFM) LED
One LED labeled OK/FAIL and
SERVICE on the faceplate of
following cards indicates the CFM’s
status:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network
and Services Processing Cards on
page 22
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast
Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on
page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
on page 30
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway SYS I/O
Cards on page 16
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
SYSIOC
LEDs
•
NSPC
•
IOC
The following LEDs on the SYSIOC
faceplate indicate the status of the
card. If no LEDs are lit, the Routing
Engine may still be booting or the
SYSIOC is not receiving power.
•
ALARM (2 LEDs)
•
SIO
•
HA
•
PWR
•
FAN
NOTE: The LED labeled as AED is
currently not supported in this release
and this LED always remains off.
Routing
Engine LEDs
The following LEDs on the Routing
Engine faceplate indicate the status
of the Routing Engine and hard disk
drive:
•
MASTER
•
HDD
•
STATUS (for the Routing Engine)
•
STATUS (for the Packet
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing
Engine” on page 24
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power
Supply on page 32
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power
Supply on page 34
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
Forwarding Engine controller)
•
Power
supply LEDs
102
OK/FAIL
One LED on each power supply
faceplate indicates the status of that
power supply.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm
LED on the SYSIOC as appropriate. To view a more detailed description of the alarm
cause, use the show chassis alarms CLI command:
user@host> show chassis alarms
No alarms currently active
There are two classes of alarm messages:
•
Chassis alarms—Indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling
system or power supplies.
•
Interface alarms—Indicate a problem with a specific network interface.
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center
If you need assistance while troubleshooting a services gateway, open a support case
using the Case Manager link at: http://www.juniper.net/support/ , or call 1-888-314-JTAC
(within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States).
Related
Documentation
•
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 101
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 103
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The services gateway cooling system consists of a fan tray and an air filter, both of which
are located in the side of the chassis and plugged in from the rear of the chassis. The fan
tray contains two fans. The fan tray provides cooling to the components installed in the
device.
An air filter installed in the rear of the chassis helps keep dust and other particles from
entering the cooling system. To function properly, the entire cooling system requires an
unobstructed airflow and proper clearance around the site, as described in “Site
Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 41.
During normal operation, the fans in the fan tray function at less than full speed. The
Routing Engine constantly monitors the temperatures detected by sensors and device
components, adjusting the speed of the fans as necessary. If the device temperature
exceeds the acceptable maximum, the Routing Engine turns off the power supplies.
Table 34 on page 104 describes the alarm conditions and corrective actions for SRX1400
Services Gateway cooling system.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
103
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 34: SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System Alarm Conditions
and Corrective Actions
Alarm Conditions
Alarm Indications
on SYSIO Card
The services gateway fan
has failed.
Red (critical alarm
LED)
Possible Cause and Corrective Action
1.
Use the CLI to get information about the
source of an alarm condition:
user@host> show chassis alarms
2. If the CLI output lists only one fan failure
and the other fan is functioning normally,
the fan is most likely faulty and you need
to replace the fan tray, as described in
“Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 113.
The services gateway fan
tray is removed
Red (critical alarm
LED) and Yellow
(non-critical alarm
LED)
Reinstall the fan tray.
The device temperature is
too warm.
Yellow (non-critical
alarm LED)
The Routing Engine constantly monitors the
temperatures detected by sensors and
device components, and adjusts the speed
of the fans as necessary.
TIP: Place your hand near the exhaust vents
at the side of the chassis to determine
whether the fans are pushing air out of the
chassis.
The services gateway
temperature is too high,
either because of an
internal overheating
condition or because the
maximum recommended
room temperature has
been exceeded.
Red (critical alarm
LED)
The services gateway shuts down
automatically in four minutes.
NOTE: The services gateway shuts down automatically if the device
temperature exceeds the threshold value. In this case, the Routing Engine
will also be in the off state, and you must press the POWER button to power
on the device again.
Related
Documentation
104
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System on page 36
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot an IOC, follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the IOC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 2 command to check the status of installed IOCs. As
shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates
that the IOC is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc 2
Slot State
2 Online
•
Temp
(C)
32
CPU Utilization (%)
Total Interrupt
39
0
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
1024
3
27
Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 2 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 2 detail
Slot 2 information:
State
Temperature
Total CPU DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Total DDR DRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Online
degrees C / 89 degrees F
MB
MB
MB
2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
5 days, 19 hours, 59 minutes, 31 seconds
32
1024
0
0
Max Power Consumption
0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 122
•
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 103
Troubleshooting the System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot a SYSIOC , follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the SYSIOC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of the installed SYSIOC.
As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates
that the SYSIOC is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc 0
Temp
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CPU Utilization (%)
Memory
Utilization (%)
105
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Slot State
0 Online
•
(C)
41
Total
40
Interrupt
0
DRAM (MB) Heap
1024
3
Buffer
27
Use the CLI show chassis fpc 0 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 0 detail
Slot 0 information:
State
Temperature
Total CPU DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Total DDR DRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Max Power Consumption
Online
degrees C / 105 degrees F
MB
MB
MB
2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
5 days, 20 hours, 7 minutes, 49 seconds
41
1024
0
0
0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway SYS I/O Cards on page 16
•
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 124
•
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 103
Troubleshooting the Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
To troubleshoot the Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC), follow these
guidelines:
•
Make sure the NSPC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc 1 command to check the status of installed NSPC. As
shown in the sample output for show chassis fpc 1, the value Online in the column
labeled State indicates that the NSPC is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc 1
Temp CPU Utilization (%)
Slot State
(C) Total Interrupt
1 Online
34
40
0
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
1024
3
27
NOTE: Because the NSPC occupies slot 1 and slot 3 of the SRX1400
Services Gateway chassis, you can use the show chassis fpc 1 and
show chassis fpc 3 commands to check the status of NSPC.
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc 1 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 1 detail
Slot 1 information:
State
Temperature
Total CPU DRAM
Total RLDRAM
106
Online
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
1024 MB
0 MB
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Total DDR DRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
0 MB
2010-07-08 13:56:24 UTC
5 days, 20 hours, 22 minutes, 7 seconds
Max Power Consumption
0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Cards on page 22
•
Troubleshooting Network and Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 106
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To verify that a power supply is functioning normally, perform the following steps:
•
Check the LEDs on each power supply faceplate. If an AC or DC power supply is correctly
installed and functioning normally, the OUTPUT OK status LED on the power supply
faceplate blinks, then lights steadily approximately five seconds after you switch the
power supply circuit breaker on.
For more information on power supply LEDs, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC
Power Supply” on page 34 or “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on
page 32.
•
Use the CLI show chassis environment pem command to check the status of installed
power supplies. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the rows labeled
State indicates that the power supplies in slots 0 and 1 are functioning normally:
user@host>show chassis environment pem
PEM 0 status:
State
Temperature
AC Input:
DC Output
PEM 1 status:
State
Temperature
AC Input:
DC Output
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Online
OK
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
OK
118 Volts
Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12
11
132
11
Online
OK
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
OK
119 Volts
Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12
10
120
10
107
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
If a power supply is not functioning normally, perform the following steps to diagnose
and correct the problem:
•
If a red alarm condition occurs, use the show chassis alarms command to determine
the source of the problem.
NOTE: If the system temperature exceeds the red-alarm threshold, the
Junos OS shuts down all power supplies so that no status is displayed.
The Junos OS also can shut down one of the power supplies for other
reasons. In this case, the remaining power supplies provide power to the
services gateway, and you can still view the system status through the CLI
or J-Web interface.
NOTE: The services gateway shuts down automatically if the device
temperature exceeds the red-alarm threshold. In this case, the Routing
Engine will also be in the off state, and you must press the POWER button
to power on the device again.
•
Verify that the Routing Engine, SYSIOC, and at least one power supply is installed on
the SRX1400 Services Gateway and are functioning properly; otherwise the device can
not be powered on.
•
Verify that the source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Each power supply
must be connected to a separate source circuit breaker.
•
Verify that the AC power cord or DC power cables from the power source to the device
are not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the cord
or cable.
•
Connect the power supply to a different power source with a new power cord or power
cables. If the power supply status LEDs indicate that the power supply is not functioning
normally, the power supply is the source of the problem. Replace the power supply
with a spare, as described in “Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 132 or “Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 132.
•
Verify that power supply is functioning properly by checking the status of power supply
LED. For more information, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on
page 32 or “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply” on page 34.
NOTE: If the SRX1400 Services Gateway is not powering on and the power
supply LED is blinking, press the Power button to power on the device.
•
108
If you cannot determine the cause of the problem or need additional assistance while
troubleshooting a services gateway, open a support case using the Case Manager link
at: http://www.juniper.net/support/ , or call 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States)
or 1-408-745-9500.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 130
•
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 135
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
109
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
110
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 13
Replacing Hardware Components on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 112
•
Replacing Cooling System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 113
•
Replacing Host Subsystem Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 118
•
Replacing Power System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 129
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are services gateway components that can be replaced
at the customer site. The device uses the following types of FRUs:
•
Hot-removable and hot-insertable-FRUs —You can remove and replace these
components without powering off the device or disrupting the routing functions.
•
Cold-Swap-Only FRUs —You must power off the device in order to remove, replace,
or add these components.
Table 35 on page 111 lists the FRUs for the services gateway.
Table 35: Field-Replaceable Units
Hot-Removable and Hot-Insertable FRUs
Cold-Swap-Only FRUs
•
Air filters (cooling system)
•
Routing Engine
•
Air filters (power supply) (if redundant)
•
System I/O card (SYSIOC)*
•
Fan trays
•
I/O card (IOC)
•
AC and DC power supplies (if redundant)
•
•
Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) and
SFP+
Network and Services Processing Card
(NSPC)*
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
111
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
* It is not necessary to power off the device to remove/replace the NSPC and IOC; but
their removal causes disrupting of the routing functionality of the device. After the
replacement, you have to reboot the device for the new cards to be initialized.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 112
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Services Gateway
To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in Table 36 on
page 112.
Table 36: Tools and Parts Required for Replacing Hardware Components on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
Tool or Part
Components
3/8-in. nut driver or pliers
•
Cables and connectors
•
DC power supply
•
IOC
•
NSPC
•
Power supply
•
SYSIOC
•
IOC
•
NSPC
•
SFP and XFP transceivers
•
Routing Engine
Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)
Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist
strap
All
Flat-blade (–) screwdriver
•
Cables and connectors
•
IOC
•
SYSIOC
•
I/O card
•
NSPC
•
Routing Engine
•
IOC
•
SYSIOC
•
Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) and SFP+ transceivers
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Rubber safety cap
112
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Table 36: Tools and Parts Required for Replacing Hardware Components on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway (continued)
Related
Documentation
Tool or Part
Components
Wire cutters
•
Cables and connectors
•
DC power supply
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
Replacing Cooling System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
When the airflow through the chassis is inhibited because of a clogged filter or a fan
failure, you must replace the respective component. The cooling system components
support online insertion and removal.
The following topics provide instructions on how to replace these components:
•
Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 113
•
Replacing the Cooling System Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 116
Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway has one fan tray located in the side of the chassis and
can be plugged in from the rear of the chassis. The fan tray contains two fans. The fan
tray supports online insertion and removal. It weighs about 4.2 lb (1.9 kg).
NOTE: To prevent overheating, install the replacement fan tray immediately
after removing the existing fan tray. We recommend that you reinstall the
fan tray within 3 minutes; otherwise, the services gateway temperature
exceeds the maximum recommended room temperature, and the device
shuts down automatically in 4 minutes.
You can also use the fan tray LED to detect the condition when the fan speed has reduced
to a safer value, so that the fan tray can be removed from the device safely.
Table 37 on page 114 provides the LED indications of the fan tray LED.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
113
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 37: Fan Tray LED
Color
LED Status
Indicated Condition
Amber
Off
Fans are running and fan tray is functioning normally. Do not
remove the fan tray in this condition.
On Steadily
Fans are not running, and fan tray can be removed safely.
NOTE: This Fan tray LED lights only when fans are shut down
manually using the CLI command request chassis fan-tray
offline.
The fan tray LED does not detect a fan failure. The FAN LED
available on the System I/O Card (SYSIOC) indicates the fan
failure status.
NOTE: The fan tray LED provides additional safety measures. Even though
you can remove the fan tray while the fans are still running, we strongly
recommend that you wait until the fan tray LED lights steadily amber
(indicating that the fans are not running) before you remove the fan tray..
To replace the fan tray:
1.
Use the request chassis fan-tray offline command to shut down the fans. Wait until
the system displays Fan Take Offline Successful message and the fan tray LED lights
amber (indicating that the fans are not running).
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Turn the screw to the left on the fan tray door as shown in Figure 32 on page 114. Open
the fan tray door to the right and remove the fan tray door.
g033524
Figure 32: Replacing the Fan Tray—Opening the Fan Tray Door
4. Wait for the fans to stop spinning completely.
114
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: To avoid injury, do not proceed until the fans have stopped
spinning.
WARNING: The fan tray LED provides additional safety measures. Even
though you can remove the fan tray while fans are still running, we that
you wait until the fan tray LED lights steadily amber (indicating that the
fans are not running) before you remove the fan tray.
5. After the fans have stopped spinning and the fan tray LED lights steadily, lift upward
on the latch at the bottom of the fan tray to release it as shown in Figure 33 on page 115.
g033564
Figure 33: Removing the Fan Tray from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6. Grasp the fan tray and pull it out approximately 6 in. (15 cm).
7. Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out
of the chassis. Set it aside.
8. Grasp the replacement fan tray and insert it straight into the chassis until you hear a
click, indicating the latch has closed. See Figure 34 on page 116.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
115
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
g033526
Figure 34: Installing the Fan Tray into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE: Be sure the fan tray is correctly oriented in the slot, with the latch
on the bottom of the vertically aligned fan tray.
9. Press the fan tray into the chassis about 1 in. (2.5 cm) beyond where the latch closes
to engage the power connection.
10. Reinsert the fan tray door, and close and tighten the captive screw to secure it in the
chassis.
NOTE: The FAN LED on the System I/O card lights steadily green, indicating
that cooling system is operating normally.
Replacing the Cooling System Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
CAUTION: Do not run the services gateway for more than a few minutes
without the air filter in place.
CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the device is operating,
except during replacement. Because the fans are very powerful, they could
pull small bits of wire or other materials into the device through the unfiltered
air intake. This could damage the services gateway components.
NOTE: You can order an air filter kit separately. Contact your Juniper Networks
customer service representative for more information. The air filter kit includes
a cooling system air filter and a power supply air filter.
The services gateway cooling system has one air filter that installs in the rear of the
chassis. The air filter supports online insertion and removal.
116
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The air filter is located in the rear of the chassis on the right side. The air filter weighs
approximately 0.2 lb (0.09 kg).
To replace the cooling system air filter:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Turn the screw to the left on the fan tray door. Open it to the right and remove it. See
Figure 35 on page 117
g033527
Figure 35: Removing the Cooling System Air Filter from the SRX1400
Services Gateway
3. Slide the air filter out of the chassis and properly dispose of it.
4. Locate the up arrow on the replacement filter to ensure that the air filter is right side
up.
5. Slide the air filter straight into the chassis until it stops as shown in Figure 36 on
page 117.
g033528
Figure 36: Installing Cooling System Air Filter from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
6. Replace the fan tray door and tighten the screw to secure it in the chassis.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
117
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Replacing Host Subsystem Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace subsystem components of the services gateway, you must power down the
services gateway.
The following topics provide instructions on how to replace host subsystem components:
•
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 118
•
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 120
•
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 122
•
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 124
•
Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 126
•
Replacing SFP and SFP+ Transceivers on a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 128
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The Routing Engine is located in the front slot labeled RE0 on the services gateway.
Before you replace the Routing Engine, you must power off the services gateway.
To replace the Routing Engine:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Disconnect any cables connected to the AUX or USB ports.
4. Loosen the captive screws at each end of the Routing Engine faceplate.
5. Pull open the ejector handles to unseat the Routing Engine as shown in Figure 37 on
page 118.
Figure 37: Removing the Routing Engine from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
2
118
g033529
1
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
1.
Captive screws
2. Ejector handles
6. Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles and slide it halfway out of the chassis.
7. Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it and slide it completely
out of the chassis.
8. Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.
9. Carefully align the sides of the replacement Routing Engine with the guides inside the
chassis.
10. Slide the Routing Engine into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
Routing Engine faceplate until it engages the connectors.
11. Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine. See Figure 38 on
page 119
Figure 38: Installing the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
2
g033530
1
12. Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the Routing Engine.
13. Reconnect cables previously attached to the AUX or USB ports.
14. Power on the services gateway by pressing the Power button on the front panel of
the SYSIOC for three to five seconds if the Routing Engine does not start automatically.
Wait for the device to start. The OK/FAIL LED on the Routing Engine faceplate should
blink green, then light steadily.
NOTE: The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot. If after
this time the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the Routing Engine.
If the OK/FAIL LED remains red, the Routing Engine is not functioning
properly. Contact your customer support representative.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
119
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: The memory of the POWER button state is maintained in the
Routing Engine.
•
If the Routing Engine is replaced, the state of the new Routing Engine
determines whether the device powers up automatically or needs the
power button to be pressed to power up.
•
If a device was powered down using the power button, and the Routing
Engine was subsequently transferred to another device, the new device
will power up only when the power button is pressed.
To check the status of the Routing Engine:
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Master
Election priority
Master (default)
DRAM
1023 MB
Memory utilization
36 percent
CPU utilization:
User
0 percent
Background
0 percent
Kernel
2 percent
Interrupt
0 percent
Idle
98 percent
Model
RE-SRX1400
Start time
2010-07-20 11:58:49 UTC
Uptime
27 minutes, 16 seconds
Last reboot reason
0x1:power cycle/failure
Load averages:
1 minute
5 minute 15 minute
0.00
0.02
0.07
For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals.
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
An NSPC is installed on the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
To replace an NSPC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Loosen the captive screws at each end of the NSPC faceplate.
4. Pull open the ejector handles to unseat the NSPC. See Figure 39 on page 121.
120
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
g033531
Figure 39: Removing an NSPC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
5. Grasp the NSPC by the ejector handles and slide it halfway out of the chassis.
6. Place one hand underneath the NSPC to support it and slide it completely out of the
chassis.
CAUTION: The NSPC can become very warm during operation. Avoid
contact with the heat sink on top of the card when removing it to prevent
personal injury.
7. Place the NSPC on the antistatic mat.
8. Slide the replacement NSPC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
NSPC's faceplate until it engages the connectors.
9. Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the NSPC. See Figure 40 on page 121.
g033519
Figure 40: Installing an NSPC in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
10. Power on the services gateway, as described in “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
Gateway”. The OK/FAIL LED on the NSPC faceplate should blink green, then light
steadily.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the NSPC. If the
OK/FAIL LED remains red, the NSPC is not functioning properly. Contact
your customer support representative.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
121
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the NSPC or other CFM cards. The handles might come off,
causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
IOCs are installed in the services gateway in the slot labeled CFM2. SFPs and XFPs support
hot-removable and hot-insertable functionality. Removing an SFP or XFP transceiver
does not interrupt IOC functioning, but the removed transceiver no longer receives or
transmits data.
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP
transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are
used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a Juniper
Networks transceiver is used.
To replace an IOC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect
the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,
see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway”
on page 147.
3. Disconnect any cables connected to the Ethernet ports, marking them so they can be
reconnected in the proper location. If the IOC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately
cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange
the disconnected cables in the cable management system to prevent the cables from
developing stress points.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable
connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when
inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and
prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend
radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable
and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
122
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
4. Loosen the captive screws at each end of the IOC faceplate.
5. Grasp the IOC by its handle and slide it halfway out of the chassis. See Figure 41 on
page 123.
g033537
Figure 41: Removing an I/O Card from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6. Place one hand underneath the SPC to support it and slide it completely out of the
chassis.
7. Place the IOC on the antistatic mat. If you are not reinstalling an IOC into the emptied
slot within 30 minutes, install a blank panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow
in the card cage.
If you need to replace the transceivers, see “Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on
I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 126; otherwise, continue with
step 10.
8. Carefully align the sides of the replacement IOC with the guides inside the chassis.
9. Slide the IOC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the IOC faceplate
until it engages the connectors.
10. Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the IOC faceplate. See Figure 42
on page 123.
g033536
Figure 42: Installing an IOC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
11. If the IOC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver
and cable.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
123
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable
connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
12. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each IOC.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do
not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at
the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend
radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable
and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
13. Power on the services gateway, as described in “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 82. The OK/FAIL LED on the IOC faceplate should blink green, then
light steadily.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the IOC. If the
OK/FAIL LED remains red, the IOC is not functioning properly. Contact your
customer support representative.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing
the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
System I/O card (SYSIOC) is installed in the front of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
To replace a SYSIOC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Disconnect any cables attached to the console or management ports.
4. Loosen the captive screws at each end of the SYSIOC faceplate.
5. Pull open the ejector handles to unseat the SYSIOC.
124
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6. Grasp the SYSIOC by the ejector handles and slide it halfway out of the chassis. See
figure Figure 43 on page 125
g033557
Figure 43: Removing the SYSIOC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
7. Place one hand underneath the SYSIOC to support it and slide it completely out of
the chassis.
8. Place the SYSIOC on the antistatic mat.
We strongly recommend to reinstall the SYSIOC into the emptied slot as soon as the
replacement card is ready, in order to protects the device from dust entering into the
system through empty slot.
9. Carefully align the sides of the replacement SYSIOC with the guides inside the chassis.
10. Slide the SYSIOC into the chassis until you feel resistance.
11. Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the SYSIOC as shown in Figure 44
on page 125.
g033532
Figure 44: Installing the SYSIOC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
12. Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the SYSIOC faceplate.
13. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each SYSIOC.
14. Power on the services gateway, as described in “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 82.
The SYSIO LED on the SYSIOC faceplate should blink green, then light steadily.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
125
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: If the SYSIO LED is red, remove and reinstall the SYSIOC. If the
SYSIO LED remains red, the SYSIOC is not functioning properly. Contact
your customer support representative.
15. Check the status of the SYSIOC by using the show chassis environment fpc 0 command.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing
the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not
allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the
fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius.
An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause
problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The small form-factor pluggable transceivers (SFPs) and XFPs are optical transceivers
that are installed in IOC. SFPs and XFPs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing
an SFP or XFP does not interrupt IOC functioning, but the removed SFP or XFP no longer
receives or transmits data.
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP
transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are
used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a supported
part number is used.
To replace an SFP or XFP transceiver:
1.
Have ready a replacement transceiver or a transceiver slot plug, an antistatic mat,
and a rubber safety cap for the transceiver.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect
the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cables connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect them correctly
later.
126
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
end of a fiber-optic cable. Fiber-optic transceivers contain laser light
sources that can damage your eyes.
4. Remove the cable connector plugged into the transceiver.
5. Carefully drape the disconnected cables to prevent the cable from developing stress
points.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend
radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable
and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
6. Pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.
CAUTION: Make sure that you open the ejector handle completely until
you hear it click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.
Use needlenose pliers to pull the ejector handle out from the SFP.
7. Grasp the transceiver ejector handle and pull the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3
cm) out of the IOC.
8. Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver and pull it the rest of the way out
of the IOC.
Figure 45: Removing SFPs or XFPs
9. Place a rubber safety cap over the transceiver.
10. Place the removed transceiver on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
11. Repeat steps 3 through 10 for each transceiver you need to replace.
12. Take each new transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag and identify the
port on the IOC where it will be installed.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
127
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
13. Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the
transceiver with a safety cap.
14. Carefully align the transceiver with the slot in the IOC. The connectors should face
the IOC.
15. Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the IOC slot. If you are unable to
fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
16. Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
17. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Reconnect
the cables into the transceivers.
18. Verify that the status LEDs on the IOC faceplate indicate that the SFP or XFP is
functioning correctly. You can also verify that the IOC is functioning by issuing the
show chassis fpc pic-status command.
Replacing SFP and SFP+ Transceivers on a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and SFP+
transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are
used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a Juniper
Networks transceiver is used.
To replace an SFP or SFP+ transceiver:
1.
Have ready a replacement transceiver or a transceiver slot plug, an antistatic mat,
needlenose pliers, and a rubber safety cap for the transceiver.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cables connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect them correctly
later.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
end of a fiber-optic cable. Fiber-optic transceivers contain laser light
sources that can damage your eyes.
4. Remove the cable connector plugged into the transceiver.
5. Carefully drape the disconnected cables to prevent the cable from developing stress
points.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend
radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable
and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
6. Pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.
128
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
CAUTION: Make sure that you open the ejector handle completely until
you hear it click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.
Use needlenose pliers to pull the ejector handle out from the SFP.
7. Grasp the transceiver ejector handle and pull the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3
cm) out of the SYSIOC.
8. Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver and pull it the rest of the way out
of the SYSIOC.
9. Place a rubber safety cap over the transceiver.
10. Place the removed transceiver on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
11. Repeat steps 3 through 10 for each transceiver you need to replace.
12. Take each new transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag and identify the
port on the SYSIOC where it will be installed.
13. Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the
transceiver with a safety cap.
14. Carefully align the transceiver with the slot in the SYSIOC . The connectors should
face the SYSIOC.
15. Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the SYSIOC slot. If you are unable
to fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
16. Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
17. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Reconnect
the cables into the transceivers.
18. Verify that the status LEDs on the SYSIOC faceplate indicate that the SFP or SFP+ is
functioning correctly. You can also verify that the SYSIOC is functioning by issuing the
show chassis fpc pic-status command.
Replacing Power System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 130
•
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 135
•
Replacing the Power Supply Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 136
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
129
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace an AC power supply:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Remove the power cord from the power supply.
3. Push the tab on the left edge of the power supply to the right.
4. Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis using the provided handle. Use one
hand to support underneath the supply as you remove it. See Figure 46 on page 130.
g033540
Figure 46: Removing an AC Power Supply from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
5. Orient the replacement power supply so that the tab is on the left side.
6. Using both hands, slide the replacement power supply straight into the chassis until
the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. Make sure the tab on the left edge
of the power supply clicks into place. The power supply faceplate should be flush
with any adjacent power supply faceplate. See Figure 47 on page 130.
g033539
Figure 47: Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
130
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services
gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
NOTE: Be sure to have the power supply oriented correctly. The tab must
be on the left and click into place when fully seated. If the power supply
does not insert easily or does not become flush with the chassis, you might
have the power supply upside down.
7. Attach the power cord to the power supply. If the power supply is correctly installed
and functioning normally, the power supply powers up immediately.
NOTE: Press the Power button if the device does not power on
automatically. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on
page 82 for more details.
NOTE: The POWER button state is maintained in the Routing Engine. If
the Routing Engine is replaced, the state of the new Routing Engine
determines whether the device powers up automatically or needs the
power button to be pressed to power up.
If the device was powered down using the power button, and the Routing
Engine was subsequently transferred to another device, the new device
will power up only when the power button is pressed.
NOTE: You must have a SYSIOC and a Routing Engine installed in the
services gateway for the power supply to turn on automatically.
NOTE: If you are moving this power supply from one slot to another, wait
at least 60 seconds before inserting it into the new slot.
NOTE: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the
operating power supply unit, each power supply slot must contain either a
power supply or a blank panel. If you remove a power supply, you must install
a replacement power supply or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
131
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: Before working on an AC-powered device or near power supplies,
unplug the power cord.
To replace an AC power supply cord:
1.
Unplug the power cord from the power source receptacle.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Unplug the power cord from the appliance inlet on the power supply.
4. Locate a replacement C13 power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your
geographical location.
5. Insert the power cord plug into an external AC power source receptacle.
6. Connect the power cord to the power supply. See Figure 48 on page 132.
g033522
Figure 48: Connecting AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
7. Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust and access to services
gateway components, or it does not cause a tripping hazard.
8. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the supply
automatically powers up.
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace a DC power supply:
1.
Switch off the dedicated facility circuit breaker for the power supply being removed.
Follow your site's procedures for ESD.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that
there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
132
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
4. Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
5. Remove the screws and washers from the terminals. Use a number-2 Phillips
screwdriver to loosen and remove the screws.
6. Remove the cable lugs from the terminals.
7. Carefully move the power cables out of the way.
8. Push the tab on the left edge of the power supply to the right.
9. Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis. See figure Figure 49 on page 133.
g033547
Figure 49: Removing a DC Power Supply from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
10. Orient the replacement power supply so that the tab is on the left side, as shown
Figure 50 on page 133.
g033548
Figure 50: Installing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
11. Using both hands, slide the replacement power supply straight into the chassis until
the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. Make sure the tab on the left edge
of the power supply clicks into place. The power supply faceplate should be flush
with any adjacent power supply faceplate.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
133
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: Be sure to have the power supply oriented correctly. The tab must
be on the left and click into place when fully seated. If the power supply
does not insert easily or does not become flush with the chassis, you might
have the power supply upside down.
12. Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
13. Remove the screws and washers from the terminals.
14. Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the washer, then with
the screw. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each
screw.
a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
b. Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
Figure 51 on page 134 shows typical DC source cabling to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway.
Figure 51: Typical DC Source Cabling to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
g033546
Front panel of SRX1400
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper
polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate
their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The
color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines
the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the
terminal studs on each power supply.
134
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE: The DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated
power feeds derived from feed A, and the DC power supply in slot PEM1
must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This
configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for
the system.
NOTE: For information about connecting to DC power sources, see
“SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications”
on page 182.
15. Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
16. Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching or blocking
access to services gateway components, and it does not cause a tripping hazard. If
the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the LED on the power
supply lights green steadily.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services
gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
NOTE: You must have a SYSIOC and a Routing Engine installed in the
services gateway for the power supply to turn on automatically.
NOTE: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the
operating power supply unit, each power supply slot must contain either
a power supply or a blank panel. If you remove a power supply, you must
install a replacement power supply or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace a power supply cable connected to a DC power supply:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to an approved
site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Switch off the external circuit breakers for all the cables attached to the power supply.
Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that
there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Remove the power cable from the DC power source.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
135
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
4. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
5. Make sure the cable is not touching or in the way of any device components, and that
it does not cause a tripping hazard.
6. Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
7. Attach the power cable to the DC power source.
8. Verify that the DC source power cabling is correct. Observe the status of the LED on
the power supply. If the power cable is correctly installed and the power supply is
functioning normally, the LED on the power supply lights green steadily.
Replacing the Power Supply Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway power supply has one air filter located in the front of
the power supply. The SRX1400 power supply air filter supports hot-removable and
hot-insertable functionality.
CAUTION: Do not run the services gateway for more than a few minutes
without the air filter in place.
NOTE: You can order an air filter kit separately. Contact your Juniper Networks
customer service representative for more information. The air filter kit includes
a cooling system air filter and a power supply air filter.
136
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace the air filter:
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the SRX1400 chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
1.
Figure 52 on page 137 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway power supply air filter.
Figure 52: SRX1400 Power Supply Air Filter
2
3
g033558
1
Table 38 on page 137 lists the SRX1400 services gateway power supply air filter
components.
Table 38: Power Supply Air Filter Components
Number
Power Supply Air Filter Components
1
Removable self-tap screws
2
Plastic holder
3
Air Filter
The numbers in Figure 52 on page 137 on page 10 correspond to the numbers in Table
38 on page 137.
2. Using a number-2 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the screws (removable self-tap screws,
no. 3) on the power supply air filter plastic holder.
3. Remove the plastic holder of the power supply air filter.
4. Slide the air filter out of the plastic holder and dispose the air filter.
5. Locate the up arrow on the replacement filter to ensure that the air filter is right side
up.
6. Slide the new air filter inside the plastic holder.
7. Tighten the screws on the power supply air filter plastic holder, and secure it in the
power supply unit.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
137
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
138
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 4
Appendixes
•
Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and
Specifications on page 179
•
Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware on page 191
•
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Hardware on page 197
•
Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 207
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
139
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
140
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX A
Safety and Regulatory Compliance
Information
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Additional SRX1400 Services Gateway Warnings on page 144
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 147
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression
Equipment on page 148
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 149
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 155
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and
Warnings on page 159
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals on page 176
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements on page 177
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels
This guide uses the following levels of safety warnings:
NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation or
might otherwise overlook it.
CAUTION: You need to observe the specified guidelines to avoid minor injury
or discomfort to you or severe damage to the services gateway.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
141
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause
bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards
involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for
preventing accidents.
Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in
een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige
apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische
schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard
maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.
Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi
johtaa ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa,
ota selvää sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista
onnettomuuksien ehkäisykeinoista.
Attention Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez
dans une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels.
Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés
par les circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures
couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents.
Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer
Situation, die zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der
Arbeit an irgendeinem Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen
Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und der Standardpraktiken zur
Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.
Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione
potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi
apparecchiatura, occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed
essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.
Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som
kan føre til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare
oppmerksom på de faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt
gjøre deg kjent med vanlig praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.
Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que
lhe poderá causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer
equipamento, familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos
eléctricos, e com quaisquer práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis
acidentes.
142
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
¡Atención! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su
integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos
que entraña la corriente eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos
estándar de prevención de accidentes.
Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation
som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning
måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt
förfarande för att förebygga skador.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 147
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings
The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the services gateway from
damage. The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in
your working environment, so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times.
•
Perform only the procedures explicitly described in this guide. Make sure that only
authorized service personnel perform other system services.
•
Keep the area around the chassis clear and free from dust before, during, and after
installation.
•
Keep tools away from areas where people could trip on them.
•
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could
become caught in the chassis.
•
Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous
to your eyes.
•
Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or that make the
equipment unsafe.
•
Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.
•
Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.
•
Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed
for wet environments.
•
Operate the services gateway only when it is properly grounded.
•
Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet metal parts unless instructions are
provided in this guide. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
143
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an
action could result in electrical shock or fire.
•
Avoid spilling liquid onto the services gateway chassis or onto any services gateway
component. Such an action could cause electrical shock or could damage the services
gateway.
•
Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been
disconnected from their power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 147
Additional SRX1400 Services Gateway Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
Qualified Personnel Warning
WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the
services gateway.
Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en
bevoegd personeel uitgevoerd worden.
Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa
tämän laitteen.
Attention Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé
par du personnel qualifié et compétent.
Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder
auswechseln lassen.
Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato
ad installare o sostituire questo apparecchio.
Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller
bytte ut dette utstyret.
Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por
pessoal devidamente treinado e qualificado.
144
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
¡Atención! Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados
exclusivamente por personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado.
Varning! Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad
och kvalificerad personal.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 147
Restricted Access Area Warning
WARNING: The services gateway is intended for installation in restricted
access areas. A restricted access area is an area to which access can be
gained only by service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and
key, or other means of security, and which is controlled by the authority
responsible for the location.
Waarschuwing Dit toestel is bedoeld voor installatie op plaatsen met beperkte
toegang. Een plaats met beperkte toegang is een plaats waar toegang slechts
door servicepersoneel verkregen kan worden door middel van een speciaal
instrument, een slot en sleutel, of een ander veiligheidsmiddel, en welke
beheerd wordt door de overheidsinstantie die verantwoordelijk is voor de
locatie.
Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on
rajoitettua. Paikka, johon pääsy on rajoitettua, tarkoittaa paikkaa, johon vain
huoltohenkilöstö pääsee jonkin erikoistyökalun, lukkoon sopivan avaimen
tai jonkin muun turvalaitteen avulla ja joka on paikasta vastuussa olevien
toimivaltaisten henkilöiden valvoma.
Attention Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d'accès réservé. Ces
dernières sont des zones auxquelles seul le personnel de service peut accéder
en utilisant un outil spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout
autre moyen de sécurité. L'accès aux zones de sécurité est sous le contrôle
de l'autorité responsable de l'emplacement.
Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem
Zutritt vorgesehen. Ein Bereich mit beschränktem Zutritt ist ein Bereich, zu
dem nur Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloß und
Schlüssel oder anderer Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Zugang hat, und der von
dem für die Anlage zuständigen Gremium kontrolliert wird.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
145
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Avvertenza Questa unità deve essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato.
Un'area ad accesso limitato è un'area accessibile solo a personale di
assistenza tramite un'attrezzo speciale, lucchetto, o altri dispositivi di
sicurezza, ed è controllata dall'autorità responsabile della zona.
Advarsel Denne enheten er laget for installasjon i områder med begrenset
adgang. Et område med begrenset adgang gir kun adgang til servicepersonale
som bruker et spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller en annen
sikkerhetsanordning, og det kontrolleres av den autoriteten som er ansvarlig
for området.
Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito.
Uma área de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal
de serviço autorizado, que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura
especial, ou qualquer outra forma de segurança. Esta área é controlada pela
autoridade responsável pelo local.
¡Atención! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalarse en áreas de acceso
restringido. Área de acceso restringido significa un área a la que solamente
tiene acceso el personal de servicio mediante la utilización de una herramienta
especial, cerradura con llave, o algún otro medio de seguridad, y que está
bajo el control de la autoridad responsable del local.
Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat
tillträde. Ett område med begränsat tillträde får endast tillträdas av
servicepersonal med ett speciellt verktyg, lås och nyckel, eller annan
säkerhetsanordning, och kontrolleras av den auktoritet som ansvarar för
området.
Related
Documentation
146
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 147
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Many services gateway hardware components are sensitive to damage from static
electricity. Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily
generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam
packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets. Observe the
following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage,
which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:
•
Always use an ESD wrist strap or ankle strap, and verify that it is in direct contact with
your skin.
CAUTION: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD
strap. The measurement should be in the range of 1 to 10 megaohms.
•
When handling any component that is removed from the chassis, verify that the
equipment end of your ESD strap is attached to the ESD point on the chassis, which
are shown in Figure 53 on page 147.
g033541
Figure 53: ESD Point on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
•
Avoid contact between the component and your clothing. ESD voltages emitted from
clothing can still damage components.
•
When removing or installing a component, always place it component-side up on an
antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an electrostatic bag (see Figure 54
on page 148). If you are returning a component, place it in an electrostatic bag before
packing it.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
147
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 54: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression Equipment
on page 148
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression Equipment
In the event of a fire emergency involving devices and other network equipment, the
safety of people is the primary concern. Establish procedures for protecting people in
the event of a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly provision fire control
equipment and fire extinguishers.
In addition, establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire
emergency. Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable
for electronic equipment. We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available
in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment and that all local fire, safety, and
electrical codes and ordinances be observed when installing and operating your
equipment.
In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, first turn power off to the equipment
at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher to extinguish the fire. Type C fire
extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide (CO ) and
2
Halotron, are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers
displace the oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing
fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling, use this
type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leave
residues on equipment.
Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire
extinguishers) near Juniper Networks equipment. The primary ingredient in these fire
extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and difficult to clean.
In addition, in minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium phosphate can become
highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.
148
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is
subject to premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to
be irreparably damaged.
NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher
to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks services gateway. If a dry
chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage
under a service agreement.
We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an
environmentally responsible manner.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 147
SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
•
Ramp Warning on page 154
Chassis Lifting Guidelines
The weight of a fully configured chassis is about 42.54 lb (19.3 kg). Observe the following
guidelines for lifting and moving the services gateway:
•
•
Before moving the services gateway, read the guidelines in the following topics to verify
that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance
requirements:
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 46
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
Before lifting or moving the services gateway, disconnect all external cables.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
149
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
As when lifting any heavy object, lift most of the weight with your legs rather than your
back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight and avoid twisting your
body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.
•
Do not attempt to lift the chassis by the handles on the power supplies or on the
common form-factor modules (CFMs). The handles may break off causing the chassis
to fall and inflict injury.
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
•
Ramp Warning on page 154
Installation Instructions Warning
WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the services
gateway to a power source.
Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem
met de voeding verbindt.
Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen.
Attention Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter
les directives d'installation.
Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an
die Stromquelle anschließen.
Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema
all'alimentatore.
Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden.
Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte
de energia.
¡Atención! Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema
a la red de alimentación.
Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess
strömförsörjningsenhet.
Related
Documentation
150
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
•
Ramp Warning on page 154
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings
Ensure that the equipment rack into which the services gateway is installed is evenly and
securely supported to avoid the hazardous condition that could result from uneven
mechanical loading.
WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the services
gateway in a rack, take the following precautions to ensure that the system
remains stable. The following directives help maintain your safety:
•
The services gateway must be installed into a rack that is secured to the
building structure.
•
The services gateway should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is
the only unit in the rack.
•
When mounting the services gateway in a partially filled rack, load the rack
from the bottom to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom of
the rack.
•
If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before
mounting or servicing the services gateway in the rack.
Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in
een rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale
voorzorgsmaatregelen nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel
blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te
verzekeren:
•
De Juniper Networks services gateway moet in een stellage worden
geïnstalleerd die aan een bouwsel is verankerd.
•
Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel
het enige in het rek is.
•
Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het
rek van onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan
in het rek.
•
Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de
stabilisatoren te monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het
daar een servicebeurt geeft.
Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä,
on noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi,
jotta vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
151
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Juniper Networks services gateway on asennettava telineeseen, joka on
kiinnitetty rakennukseen.
•
Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan.
•
Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen
sen alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan.
•
Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista
telineeseen tai sen huoltamista siinä.
Attention Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de
montage ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des
précautions spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives
ci-dessous sont destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:
•
Le rack sur lequel est monté le Juniper Networks services gateway doit être
fixé à la structure du bâtiment.
•
Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée
dans le bas.
•
Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le
casier de bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.
•
Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs
avant de monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.
Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten
dieser Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen,
um sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien
sollen zur Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:
•
Der Juniper Networks services gateway muß in einem Gestell installiert
werden, das in der Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.
•
Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell
angebracht werden.
•
Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das
Gestell von unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten
im Gestell anzubringen ist.
•
Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die
Stabilisatoren zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen
oder sie warten.
Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione
di questa unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per
garantire che il sistema rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite
per garantire la sicurezza personale:
152
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
•
Il Juniper Networks services gateway deve essere installato in un telaio, il
quale deve essere fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.
•
Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta
dell'unica unità da montare nel supporto.
•
Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno,
caricare il supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante
sistemato sul fondo del supporto.
•
Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi
prima di montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.
Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på
denne enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet
er stabilt. Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:
•
Juniper Networks services gateway må installeres i et stativ som er forankret
til bygningsstrukturen.
•
Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste
enheten i kabinettet.
•
Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal
kabinettet lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst
i kabinettet.
•
Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene
installeres før montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i
kabinettet.
Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta
unidade numa estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar
de que o sistema possui um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes
ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com segurança:
•
O Juniper Networks services gateway deverá ser instalado numa prateleira
fixa à estrutura do edificio.
•
Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja
esta a única unidade a ser montada.
•
Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os
itens mais pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo
para cima.
•
Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de
montar ou reparar a unidade.
¡Atención! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un
bastidor, o posteriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho
cuidado en que el sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad,
proceda según las siguientes instrucciones:
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
153
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
El Juniper Networks services gateway debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado
a la estructura del edificio.
•
Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única
unidad en el mismo.
•
Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado,
comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando
el equipo más pesado en la parte inferior.
•
Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes
de montar o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.
Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför
underhållsarbete på denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda
försiktighetsåtgärder för att försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande
riktlinjer ges för att trygga din säkerhet:
Related
Documentation
•
Juniper Networks services gateway måste installeras i en ställning som är
förankrad i byggnadens struktur.
•
Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras
längst ned på ställningen.
•
Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen
fyllas nedifrån och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen.
•
Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast
innan enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Ramp Warning on page 154
Ramp Warning
WARNING: When installing the services gateway, do not use a ramp inclined
at more than 10 degrees.
Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10
graden.
Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta.
Attention Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10
degrés.
154
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden.
Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi.
Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader.
Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus.
¡Atención! No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados
Varning! Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.
Related
Documentation
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
SRX1400 Services Gateway Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
General Laser Safety Guidelines
When working around the services gateway, observe the following safety guidelines to
prevent eye injury:
•
Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.
•
Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.
•
Avoid direct exposure to the beam.
WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser
radiation. The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the
retina, so focusing the eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power
laser—could permanently damage the eye.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
155
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Class 1 Laser Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 laser product.
Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.
Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote.
Attention Produit laser de classe I.
Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1.
Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1.
Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1.
Aviso Produto laser de classe 1.
¡Atención! Producto láser Clase I.
Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1.
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Class 1 LED Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 LED product.
Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product.
Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote.
Attention Alarme de produit LED Class I.
156
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung.
Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1.
Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1.
Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED.
¡Atención! Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1.
Varning! Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Laser Beam Warning
WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical
instruments.
Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met
optische instrumenten.
Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen
avulla.
Attention Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide
d'instruments optiques.
Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen
Geräten prüfen.
Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per
osservarlo direttamente.
Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter.
Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com
instrumentos ópticos.
¡Atención! No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con
instrumentos ópticos.
Varning! Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom
optiska instrument.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
157
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning
WARNING: Because invisible radiation may be emitted from the aperture of
the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and
do not stare into open apertures.
Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de
poort kan komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling
aan straling en het kijken in open openingen vermeden te worden.
Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun
kuitukaapelia ei ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso
avoimiin aukkoihin.
Attention Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du
port lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé
de ne pas regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.
Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren,
wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den
Strahlungen auszusetzen, und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!
Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono
essere emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle
radiazioni e non guardate direttamente nelle aperture.
Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne,
fordi usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet
en fiberkabel.
Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício
da via de acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado,
deverá evitar a exposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para
orifícios que se encontrarem a descoberto.
¡Atención! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible
cuando no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las
aperturas para no exponerse a la radiación.
Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten
fiberkabel och du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte
stirra in i oskyddade öppningar.
158
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
SRX1400 Services Gateway Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and
Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
Battery Handling Warning
WARNING: Replacing the battery incorrectly might result in an explosion.
Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by
the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen
wordt. Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat
door de fabrikant aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig
fabrieksvoorschriften weggeworpen te worden.
Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä
vaihtamiseen ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on
valmistajan suosittelema. Hävitä käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.
Attention Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement.
Ne la remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent,
recommandée par le fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux
instructions du fabricant.
Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr.
Ersetzen Sie die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller
empfohlenen Batterietyp. Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den
Anweisungen des Herstellers.
Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata
correttamente. Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata
dal produttore. Eliminare le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
159
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte.
Skift kun med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten.
Kasser brukte batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.
Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente.
Substitua a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente
recomendado pelo fabricante. Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as
instruções do fabricante.
¡Atención! Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera
incorrecta. Reemplazar la batería exclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el
equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas
según las instrucciones del fabricante.
Varning! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med
samma batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande.
Följ tillverkarens anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.
Related
Documentation
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Jewelry Removal Warning
WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines,
remove jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat
up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or
weld the metal object to the terminals.
Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische
leidingen is verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges)
verwijderen. Metalen voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en
aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het
metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen lassen.
Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden
parissa, ota pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien).
Metalliesineet kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan
kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet
kiinni liitäntänapoihin.
Attention Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques,
ôter tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés
160
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
à l'alimentation et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui
peut provoquer des blessures graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.
Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind,
jeglichen Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen.
Metallgegenstände erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde
angeschlossen werden, und können schwere Verbrennungen verursachen
oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt werden.
Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di
alimentazione, togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti
ed orologi). Gli oggetti metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti
di alimentazione e massa: possono causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo
può saldarsi ai terminali.
Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du
skal arbeide på utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som
er koblet til kraftledninger og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige
brannskader eller smelte fast til polene.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de
corrente, retire todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e
relógios). Os objectos metálicos aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e
em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo causar queimaduras graves ou
ficarem soldados aos terminais.
¡Atención! Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de
alimentación, quitarse las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los
objetos de metal se calientan cuando se conectan a la alimentación y a tierra,
lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o que los objetos metálicos
queden soldados a los bornes.
Varning! Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur)
innan du arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt
hettas upp när de kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka
allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt kan också sammansvetsas med
kontakterna.
Related
Documentation
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
161
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Lightning Activity Warning
WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during
periods of lightning activity.
Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet
aan het systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen.
Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota
kaapeleita ukkosilmalla.
Attention Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les
câbles pendant un orage.
Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an
bzw. trennen Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert.
Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi
durante un temporale con fulmini.
Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet
når det tordner eller lyner.
Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos
de mau tempo (trovoada).
¡Atención! No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el
transcurso de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera.
Varning! Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller
koppla loss kablar.
Related
Documentation
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Operating Temperature Warning
WARNING: To prevent the services gateway from overheating, do not operate
it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature
of 104°F (40°C). To prevent airflow restriction, allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm)
of clearance around the ventilation openings.
162
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke services gateway van de Juniper
Networks services gateway dan ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te
bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale aanbevolen
omgevingstemperatuur van 40°C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen
dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de
ventilatie-openingen te zijn.
Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks services gateway-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi,
sitä ei saa käyttää tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun
ympäristölämpötilan 40°C. Ettei ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen
ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.
Attention Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper
Networks services gateway, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température
ambiante est supérieure à 40°C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant,
dégagez un espace d'au moins 15,2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations.
Warnung Um einen services gateway der services gateway vor Überhitzung
zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die
Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene Maximum von 40°C überschreitet.
Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie darauf, daß mindestens 15,2
cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei bleibt.
Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei services gateway, non
adoperateli in un locale che ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di
40°C. Per evitare che la circolazione dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio
di almeno 15.2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle ventole.
Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks
services gateway Disse skal ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte
maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen overstiger 40°C (104°F). Sørg for at
klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm (6 tommer) for å forhindre
nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.
Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks
services gateway, não utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a
temperatura máxima recomendada de 40°C. Para evitar a restrição à
circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm à volta das aberturas
de ventilação.
¡Atención! Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks
services gateway se recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se
supere la temperatura ambiente máxima recomendada de 40°C. Para impedir
la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm
alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación.
Varning! Förhindra att en Juniper Networks services gateway överhettas
genom att inte använda den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade
omgivningstemperaturen på 40°C överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
163
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring
ventilationsöppningarna.
Related
Documentation
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Product Disposal Warning
WARNING: Disposal of this product must be handled according to all national
laws and regulations.
Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en
voorschriften te worden afgedankt.
Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia
valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen.
Attention La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée
conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur.
Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften
entsprechend entsorgt werden.
Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita
osservando le normative italiane vigenti in materia
Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale
lover og forskrifter.
Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo
com os regulamentos e a legislação nacional.
¡Atención! El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las
leyes y regulaciones nacionales
Varning! Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets
alla lagar och föreskrifter.
Related
Documentation
164
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
In Case of Electrical Accident on page 165
•
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 170
In Case of Electrical Accident
If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:
1.
Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further
injury.
2. Disconnect power from the services gateway.
3. If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition
of the victim, then call for help.
Related
Documentation
•
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 170
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
Grounded Equipment Warning on page 166
•
Backplane Energy Hazard Warning on page 167
•
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning on page 167
•
Power Disconnection Warning on page 168
•
TN Power Warning on page 169
•
Copper Conductors Warning on page 169
Safety Guidelines and Warnings
•
Install the services gateway in compliance with the following local, national, or
international electrical codes:
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
165
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States
National Electrical Code
•
Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1
•
Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1
through Part 7
•
Evaluated to the TN power system
•
Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that
if an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.
•
Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.
•
Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before
starting to work.
•
Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded
power extension cords, and missing safety grounds.
•
Operate the services gateway within marked electrical ratings and product usage
instructions.
•
For the services gateway and peripheral equipment to function safely and correctly,
use the cables and connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and
make certain they are in good condition.
Grounded Equipment Warning
WARNING: The services gateway is intended to be grounded. Ensure that
the services gateway is connected to earth ground during normal use.
Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur hoort geaard te worden Zorg dat de
host-computer tijdens normaal gebruik met aarde is verbonden.
Varoitus Tämä laitteisto on tarkoitettu maadoitettavaksi. Varmista, että
isäntälaite on yhdistetty maahan normaalikäytön aikana.
Attention Cet équipement doit être relié à la terre. S'assurer que l'appareil
hôte est relié à la terre lors de l'utilisation normale.
Warnung Dieses Gerät muß geerdet werden. Stellen Sie sicher, daß das
Host-Gerät während des normalen Betriebs an Erde gelegt ist.
Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere collegata a massa. Accertarsi
che il dispositivo host sia collegato alla massa di terra durante il normale
utilizzo.
Advarsel Dette utstyret skal jordes. Forviss deg om vertsterminalen er jordet
ved normalt bruk.
Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Certifique-se que o host
se encontra ligado à terra durante a sua utilização normal.
166
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
¡Atención! Este equipo debe conectarse a tierra. Asegurarse de que el equipo
principal esté conectado a tierra durante el uso normal.
Varning! Denna utrustning är avsedd att jordas. Se till att värdenheten är
jordad vid normal användning.
Backplane Energy Hazard Warning
WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the services
gateway backplane. Be careful not to contact the backplane connectors, or
any component connected to the backplane, with any metallic object while
servicing components installed in the services gateway.
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning
WARNING: The services gateway has more than one power supply connection.
All connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit
completely.
Waarschuwing Deze eenheid heeft meer dan één stroomtoevoerverbinding;
alle verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze
eenheid volledig te verwijderen.
Varoitus Tässä laitteessa on useampia virtalähdekytkentöjä. Kaikki kytkennät
on irrotettava kokonaan, jotta virta poistettaisiin täysin laitteesta.
Attention Cette unité est équipée de plusieurs raccordements d'alimentation.
Pour supprimer tout courant électrique de l'unité, tous les cordons
d'alimentation doivent être débranchés.
Warnung Diese Einheit verfügt über mehr als einen Stromanschluß; um Strom
gänzlich von der Einheit fernzuhalten, müssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt
sein.
Avvertenza Questa unità ha più di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico;
tutte le connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere
l'elettricità dall'unità.
Advarsel Denne enheten har mer enn én strømtilkobling. Alle tilkoblinger må
kobles helt fra for å eliminere strøm fra enheten.
Aviso Este dispositivo possui mais do que uma conexão de fonte de
alimentação de energia; para poder remover a fonte de alimentação de
energia, deverão ser desconectadas todas as conexões existentes.
¡Atención! Esta unidad tiene más de una conexión de suministros de
alimentación; para eliminar la alimentación por completo, deben
desconectarse completamente todas las conexiones.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
167
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Varning! Denna enhet har mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning; alla
anslutningar måste vara helt avlägsnade innan strömtillförseln till enheten
är fullständigt bruten.
Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before working on the services gateway or near power supplies,
unplug the power cord from an AC-powered services gateway; switch off the
power at the circuit breaker on a DC-powered services gateway.
Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen
werkt, dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het
stopcontact te halen; voor gelijkstroom toestellen dient u de stroom uit te
schakelen bij de stroomverbreker.
Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto ja katkaise
tasavirtalaitteiden virta suojakytkimellä, ennen kuin teet mitään
asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.
Attention Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation
électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant
alternatif; couper l'alimentation des unités en courant continu au niveau du
disjoncteur.
Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten
arbeiten, ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw.
schalten Sie bei Gleichstromeinheiten den Strom am Unterbrecher ab.
Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare
il cavo di alimentazione sulle unità CA; scollegare l'alimentazione
all'interruttore automatico sulle unità CC.
Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten
av strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut p
vekselstrømsenheter og strømmen kobles fra ved strømbryteren på
likestrømsenheter.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades
de fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades
de corrente alternada; desligue a corrente no disjuntor nas unidades de
corrente contínua.
¡Atención! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una
fuente de alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos
de corriente alterna (CA); cortar la alimentación desde el interruptor
automático en los equipos de corriente continua (CC).
168
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter
skall du för växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden och för likströmsenheter
bryta strömmen vid överspänningsskyddet.
TN Power Warning
WARNING: The services gateway is designed to work with TN power systems.
Waarschuwing Het apparaat is ontworpen om te functioneren met TN
energiesystemen.
Varoitus Koje on suunniteltu toimimaan TN-sähkövoimajärjestelmien
yhteydessä.
Attention Ce dispositif a été conçu pour fonctionner avec des systèmes
d'alimentation TN.
Warnung Das Gerät ist für die Verwendung mit TN-Stromsystemen ausgelegt.
Avvertenza Il dispositivo è stato progettato per l'uso con sistemi di
alimentazione TN.
Advarsel Utstyret er utfomet til bruk med TN-strømsystemer.
Aviso O dispositivo foi criado para operar com sistemas de corrente TN.
¡Atención! El equipo está diseñado para trabajar con sistemas de
alimentación tipo TN.
Varning! Enheten är konstruerad för användning tillsammans med
elkraftssystem av TN-typ.
Copper Conductors Warning
WARNING: Use copper conductors only.
Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders.
Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia.
Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre.
Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter.
Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame.
Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger.
Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
169
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
¡Atención! Emplee sólo conductores de cobre.
Varning! Använd endast ledare av koppar.
Related
Documentation
•
In Case of Electrical Accident on page 165
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 170
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
When working with DC-powered equipment, observe the following guidelines and
warnings:
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 170
•
DC Power Disconnection Warning on page 171
•
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 172
•
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning on page 173
•
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning on page 174
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to a DC-powered services gateway:
•
A DC-powered services gateway is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for
the power requirements of a maximally configured services gateway. To supply
sufficient power, terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source capable of
supplying at least 30 A @ -48 VDC for the system. We recommend that the 48 VDC
facility DC source be equipped with a circuit breaker rated at 40 A (-48 VDC) minimum,
or as required by local code. Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into
the facility wiring. In the United States and Canada, the -48 VDC facility should be
equipped with a circuit breaker rated a minimum of 125% of the power provisioned for
the input in accordance with the National Electrical Code in the US and the Canadian
Electrical Code in Canada. Be sure to connect the ground wire or conduit to a solid
office (earth) ground. A closed loop ring is recommended for terminating the ground
conductor at the ground stud.
•
Run two wires from the circuit breaker box to a source of 48 VDC. Use appropriate
gauge wire to handle up to 40 A.
•
A DC-powered services gateway that is equipped with a DC terminal block is intended
only for installation in a restricted access location. In the United States, a restricted
access area is one in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National
Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70.
NOTE: Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit
breaker. This breaker should protect against excess currents, short circuits,
and earth faults in accordance with NEC ANSI/NFPA70.
170
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
•
Ensure that the polarity of the DC input wiring is correct. Under certain conditions,
connections with reversed polarity might trip the primary circuit breaker or damage
the equipment.
•
For personal safety, connect the green and yellow wire to safety (earth) ground at both
the services gateway and the supply side of the DC wiring.
•
The marked input voltage of -48 VDC for a DC-powered services gateway is the nominal
voltage associated with the battery circuit, and any higher voltages are only to be
associated with float voltages for the charging function.
•
Because the services gateway is a positive ground system, you must connect the
positive lead to the terminal labeled RETURN, the negative lead to the terminal labeled
-48V, and the earth ground to the chassis grounding points.
DC Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that
power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate
the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the
circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit
breaker in the OFF position.
Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert,
dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld
is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het
schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait
de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de
stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast.
Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien
toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU
täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin,
käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi
niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.
Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous,
vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être
sûr, localiser le disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant
continu, placer le disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban
adhésif, bloquer la poignée du disjoncteur en position OFF.
Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß
die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß
sämtlicher Strom abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den
Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den
Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers
mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.
Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare
che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
171
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro
strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF
e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione.
Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er
frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved
å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen,
slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.
Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que
desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua.
Para se assegurar que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no
painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF
(Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor
com fita isoladora.
¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la
alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para
asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el
interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente
continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición de Apagado (OFF),
y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de
Apagado (OFF).
Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera
att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all
strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som
skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare
i FRÅN-läget.
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning
An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded
branch circuit supply conductors, but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes, is installed
as part of the branch circuit that supplies the unit. The grounding conductor is a separately
derived system at the supply transformer or motor generator set.
WARNING: When installing the services gateway, the ground connection
must always be made first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd
het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt.
Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä
ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi.
Attention Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours
être connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier.
172
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst
hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden.
Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il
collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo.
Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og
frakobles sist.
Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a
ser ligada, e a última a ser desligada.
¡Atención! Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla
la última.
Varning! Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först
och kopplas bort sist.
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning
WARNING: Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs. When
connecting power, the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, +RTN to
+RTN, then -48 V to -48 V. When disconnecting power, the proper wiring
sequence is -48 V to -48 V, +RTN to +RTN, then ground to ground. Note that
the ground wire should always be connected first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde,
+RTN naar +RTN, en -48 V naar – 48 V. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde
losgemaakt is en -48 V naar – 48 V, +RTN naar +RTN, aarde naar aarde.
Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon,
+RTN varten +RTN, -48 V varten – 48 V. Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys
on -48 V varten – 48 V, +RTN varten +RTN, maajohto maajohtoon.
Attention Câblez l'approvisionnement d'alimentation CC En utilisant les
crochets appropriés à l'extrémité de câblage. En reliant la puissance, l'ordre
approprié de câblage est rectifié pour rectifier, +RTN à +RTN, puis -48 V à
-48 V. En débranchant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est -48 V
à -48 V, +RTN à +RTN, a alors rectifié pour rectifier. Notez que le fil de masse
devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la dernière fois. Notez
que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la
dernière fois.
Warnung Die Stromzufuhr ist nur mit geeigneten Ringösen an das DC Netzteil
anzuschliessen. Die richtige Anschlusssequenz ist: Erdanschluss zu
Erdanschluss, +RTN zu +RTN und dann -48V zu -48V. Die richtige Sequenz
zum Abtrennen der Stromversorgung ist -48V zu -48V, +RTN zu +RTN und
dann Erdanschluss zu Erdanschluss. Es ist zu beachten dass der Erdanschluss
immer zuerst angeschlossen und als letztes abgetrennt wird.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
173
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC. Cablare l'alimentatore
CC usando i connettori adatti all'estremità del cablaggio, come illustrato. La
corretta sequenza di cablaggio è da massa a massa, da positivo a positivo
(da linea ad L) e da negativo a negativo (da neutro a N). Tenere presente che
il filo di massa deve sempre venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.
Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord, +RTN til +RTN,
-48 V til – 48 V. Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er -48 V til – 48 V, +RTN
til +RTN, jord til jord.
Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales
apropiados en el extremo del cableado. Al conectar potencia, la secuencia
apropiada del cableado se muele para moler, +RTN a +RTN, entonces -48
V a -48 V. Al desconectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado es
-48 V a -48 V, +RTN a +RTN, entonces molió para moler. Observe que el
alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por último.
Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y
desconectar por último.
¡Atención! Wire a fonte de alimentação de DC Usando os talões apropriados
na extremidade da fiação. Ao conectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada
da fiação é moída para moer, +RTN a +RTN, então -48 V a -48 V. Ao
desconectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é -48 V a -48 V,
+RTN a +RTN, moeu então para moer. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre
ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último. Anote que o fio à
terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último.
Varning! Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord, +RTN till +RTN, -48 V till
– 48 V. Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar -48 V till -48 V, +RTN till +RTN,
jord till jord.
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring
terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These
terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and should clamp
both the insulation and conductor.
Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te
gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het
gesloten-lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog
wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben
en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen.
Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää,
esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin
käännetyt kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin
sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.
174
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Attention Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles
terminales homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage
ouverte avec cosses rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la
taille qui convient aux fils et doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et
sur le conducteur.
Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene
Verdrahtungsanschlüsse, z.B. Ringoesen oder gabelförmige Kabelschuhe
mit nach oben gerichteten Enden zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten
die angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als
auch den Leiter festklemmen.
Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come
quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori
devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante
che il conduttore.
Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente
ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med
oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold
til ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.
Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo
torcido, use terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo
em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima.
Estas terminações de cabo deverão ser do tamanho apropriado para os
respectivos cabos, e deverão prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio
condutor.
¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables
homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las
lengüetas de conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del
tamaño apropiado para los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto
el aislante como el conductor.
Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter
användas, t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp.
Storleken på dessa kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste
kunna hålla både isoleringen och ledaren fastklämda.
Related
Documentation
•
In Case of Electrical Accident on page 165
•
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
175
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals
The services gateway complies with the following standards:
•
•
Safety
•
CSA 60950-1 (2003) Safety of Information Technology Equipment
•
UL 60950-1 (2003) Safety of Information Technology Equipment
•
EN 60950-1 (2001) Safety of Information Technology Equipment
•
IEC 60950-1 (2001) Safety of Information Technology Equipment (with country
deviations)
•
EN 60825-1 +A1+A2 (1994) Safety of Laser Products - Part 1: Equipment Classification
EMC
•
•
•
Related
Documentation
176
EN 300 386 V1.3.3 (2005) Telecom Network Equipment - EMC requirements
EMI
•
FCC Part 15 Class A (2007) USA Radiated Emissions
•
EN 55022 Class A (2006) European Radiated Emissions
•
VCCI Class A (2007) Japanese Radiated Emissions
Immunity
•
EN 55024 +A1+A2 (1998) Information Technology Equipment Immunity
Characteristics
•
EN-61000-3-2 (2006) Power Line Harmonics
•
EN-61000-3-3 +A1 +A2 +A3 (1995) Power Line Voltage Fluctuations
•
EN-61000-4-2 +A1 +A2 (1995) Electrostatic Discharge
•
EN-61000-4-3 +A1+A2 (2002) Radiated Immunity
•
EN-61000-4-4 (2004) Electrical Fast Transients
•
EN-61000-4-5 (2006) Surge
•
EN-61000-4-6 (2007) Immunity to Conducted Disturbances
•
EN-61000-4-11 (2004) Voltage Dips and Sags
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements on page 177
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Canada on page 177
•
European Community on page 177
•
Japan on page 177
•
United States on page 177
Canada
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
European Community
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Japan
The preceding translates as follows:
This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for
Interference by Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this product is used near
a radio or television receiver in a domestic environment, it may cause radio interference.
Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual.
United States
The services gateway has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
digital device of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy
and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
177
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential
area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to
correct the interference at his own expense.
Related
Documentation
178
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals on page 176
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX B
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power
Guidelines, Requirements, and
Specifications
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Specifications on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 185
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Specifications
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification on page 180
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification on page 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point
To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure
proper operation, the services gateway must be adequately grounded before power is
connected. A pair of threaded holes are provided for connecting the services gateway to
earth ground on the rear of the chassis. Figure 55 on page 180 shows the chassis ground
point on the services gateway.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
179
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
g033542
Figure 55: Grounding Point on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification on page 180
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification on page 181
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification
The cable attaches to the grounding cable (see Figure 56 on page 180) and two M5 screws
are used to secure the grounding cable to the grounding point.
Figure 56: Grounding Cable Lug
CAUTION: Before services gateway installation begins, a licensed electrician
must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply.
A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the services gateway.
Related
Documentation
180
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification on page 181
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification
2
The grounding cable that you provide must be 6-AWG (13.3 mm ), minimum 60°C wire,
or as permitted by the local code.
WARNING: The services gateway is pluggable type A equipment installed in
a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal
(sized for M5 screws) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding
pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earthing terminal must
be permanently connected to earth.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification on page 180
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Specifications and Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications
Table 39 on page 181 lists the DC power system electrical specifications.
Table 39: DC Power System Electrical Specifications
Related
Documentation
Item
Specification
DC input voltage
Operating range: – 40 to – 72 VDC
DC system current rating
10.1 A @ - 48 VDC
Maximum DC input power
485 W
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
181
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Each DC power supply has a single DC input (-48 VDC and return) that requires a
dedicated 16 A (-48 VDC) circuit breaker. Table 40 on page 182 lists the DC power supply
electrical specifications.
Table 40: DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Parameter
Specification
Maximum output power
1200 W
DC input voltage
–40 to –72 VDC
DC input current rating
30 A @ –48 VDC
Each DC power supply faceplate displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power
supply (see Table 41 on page 182).
Table 41: DC Power Supply LED
Color
LED Status
Indicated Condition
Green
On steadily
DC input voltage is present, and both main 12 V output and
standby 3.3 V output are enabled and healthy.
Blinking
DC input voltage is present, standby 3.3 V output is on, but
the main 12 V output is disabled. This condition usually
indicates that the device has been powered off at the Power
button on the SYSIOC front panel. It may also indicate that
either the SYSIOC or Routing Engine has been removed from
the services gateway.
On steadily
The power supply has detected one or more of the following
faults:
Red
Blinking
Related
Documentation
182
•
•
Power supply fan failure
•
Power supply over-temperature condition
•
Over-current or under-voltage condition on the standby
3.3V output
The power supply has detected one or more of the following
faults:
•
Under-voltage condition on the 12 V output
•
Over-voltage condition on the 12 V output
•
Over-current condition on the 12 V output
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways
NOTE: If you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered services
gateway, we recommend that you provision 16 A @ -48 VDC for the system.
If you do not plan to provision 16 A @ -48 VDC for the system, you can use the information
in Table 42 on page 183 and Table 43 on page 184 to calculate the power consumption @
-48 VDC, and thermal output for various hardware configurations.
Table 42 on page 183 lists the power requirements for base DC-powered devices operating
under typical voltage conditions.
Table 42: DC-Powered Base System Requirements
DC Power Supply Configuration
Power Requirement (Watts)
Nonredundant configuration includes DC power supply,
backplane, SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and fan tray.
210 W (approximate)
Redundant configuration includes two DC power supplies,
backplane, SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and fan tray.
222 W (approximate)
NOTE: The power requirement values shown in Table 42 on page 183 are for
a lightly loaded system. For a heavily loaded system, the contribution of the
base system to the overall system power requirement is lower, because the
power supply efficiency improves as the load increases. For a heavily loaded
system, both the redundant and nonredundant base systems contribute
approximately 210 W to the overall system power requirement.
NOTE: In the SRX1400 Services Gateways with 1-Gigabit Ethernet System
I/O card, the base system power requirement is less by 5-6 watts than the
SRX1400 devices with 10-Gigabit Ethernet System I/O card.
Table 43 on page 184 lists the power requirements for various hardware components
when the services gateway is operating under typical voltage conditions.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
183
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 43: Component DC Power Requirements
Component
Power Requirement
(Watts)
NSPC
214 W
IOC
61 W (max.)
Use the information in Table 42 on page 183 and Table 43 on page 184 to calculate power
consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source
voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples. These examples use
maximum values per IOC.
•
Minimum DC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1 NSPC =
210 W +214 W = 424 W, 8.83 A @ -48 VDC
•
Maximum DC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1 NSPC + 1 IOC =
210 W + 214 W + 61 W = 485 W, 10.1A @ -48 VDC
•
Input current from a DC source other than -48 VDC (based on maximum configuration;
applies to DC power supply only):
(–54 VDC input) * (input current X) = (-48 VDC input) * (input current Y)
54 * X = 48V * 10.1 A
X = (48 * 10.1)/54 = 8.98 A
•
Thermal output for maximally configured DC-powered services gateway:
Watts DC * 3.41 = BTU/hr
485 * 3.41 = 1653.85 BTU/hr
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications
The DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived
from feed A, and the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power
feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed
redundancy for the system.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper
polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate
184
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The
color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines
the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal
studs on each power supply.
WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.
For other electrical safety information, see “General Electrical Safety
Guidelines and Warnings” on page 165
CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to services gateway
components or cause a tripping hazard.
For a description of the DC power supply, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power
Supply” on page 34. For instructions on connecting the DC power and grounding cables
during initial installation, see “Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power
Supply” on page 80. For instructions on replacing a DC power cable, see “Replacing a DC
Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 132.
Table 44 on page 185 summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must
supply.
Table 44: DC Power Cable Specifications
Related
Documentation
Cable Type
Quantity and Specification
Power
Eight 6-AWG (13.3 mm ), minimum 60°C wire, or as permitted by the local
code
2
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Specifications and Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
185
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications
Table 45 on page 186 lists the AC power system electrical specifications.
Table 45: AC Power System Specifications
Item
Specification
AC input voltage
Operating range: 100-127 V / 200-240 V
AC input line frequency
47 – 63 Hz
AC system current rating
5 A at 100 VAC
2.5 A at 100 VAC
Maximum AC input power
Related
Documentation
485 W at 100 VAC
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Table 46 on page 186 lists the electrical specifications for the services gateway AC power
supply.
Table 46: AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Item
Specification
Maximum output power
1000 W
AC input voltage
Operating range: 100-127 VAC / 200-240 VAC
AC input line frequency
47 – 63 Hz
AC input current rating
13.0 A (maximum) at 100 VAC
6.5 A (maximum) at 200 VAC
Related
Documentation
186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways
NOTE: If you plan to operate a maximally configured AC-powered services
gateway, we recommend that you provision 6 A at 240 VAC for the system.
If you do not plan to provision 6 A at 240 VAC for the system, you can use the information
in Table 47 on page 187 and Table 48 on page 188 to calculate power consumption for
various hardware configurations, and thermal output.
Table 47 on page 187 lists the power requirements for base AC-powered devices operating
under typical voltage conditions. It includes the efficiency for the AC power supplies.
Table 47: Base System AC Power Requirements
Component
Power Requirement (Watts)
Nonredundant configuration includes AC power supply, backplane,
SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and the fan tray.
210 W (approximate)
Redundant configuration includes two AC power supplies, backplane,
SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and the fan tray.
222 W (approximate)
NOTE: The power requirement values shown in Table 47 on page 187 are for
a lightly loaded system. For a heavily loaded system, the contribution of the
base system to the overall system power requirement is lower, because the
power supply efficiency improves as the load increases. For a heavily loaded
system, both the redundant and nonredundant base systems contribute
approximately 210 W to the overall system power requirement.
NOTE: In SRX1400 Services Gateways with 1-Gigabit Ethernet System I/O
card, the base system power requirement is less by 5 to 6 watts than the
base system power requirement for the SRX1400 devices with 10-Gigabit
Ethernet System I/O card.
Table 48 on page 188 lists the power requirements for various hardware components
when the services gateway is operating under typical voltage conditions.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
187
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 48: Component AC Power Requirements
Component
Power Requirement (Watts)
NSPC
214 W
IOC
61 W (max.)
Use the information in Table 47 on page 187 and Table 48 on page 188 to calculate power
consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source
voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples. These examples use
maximum values per IOC.
Typical power consumption for AC-powered devices:
•
Minimum AC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1 NSPC =
210 W + 214 W = 424 W
•
Maximum AC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1NSPC + 1 IOC =
210 W + 214 W + 61 W = 485 W
•
Typical system thermal output (based on maximally configured AC-powered services
gateway at 110 V input):
Watts * 3.41 = BTU/hr
485 W * 3.41 = 1653.85 BTU/hr
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications
Each AC power supply has a single AC appliance inlet located on the power supply that
requires a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated 15 A (250 VAC) circuit breaker. Most
sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power
distribution panels, one of which can be located at the top of the rack that houses the
device. An AC power cord connects each power supply to the power distribution panel.
Locate the power cord or cords with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical
location to connect the device to AC power using the model number.
The services gateway uses detachable AC power cords with C13 appliance couplers at
the female end as described by International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standard
188
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
60320. The plug at the male end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle
that is standard for your geographical location.
Table 49 on page 189 provides specifications and Figure 57 on page 189 depicts the plug
on the AC power cord provided for each country or region.
Table 49: AC Power Cord Specifications
Country
Model Number
Electrical Specification
Plug Type
Australia
CBL-JX-PWR-AU
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
AS/NZ 3112–1993
China
CBL-JX-PWR-CH
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
GB2099.1 1996 and
GB1002 1996
(CH1-10P)
Europe (except
Italy and United
Kingdom)
CBL-JX-PWR-EU
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
CEE (7) VII
Italy
CBL-JX-PWR-IT
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
CEI 23–16/VII
Japan
CBL-JX-PWR-JP
125 VAC, 12 A, 50 Hz or 60
Hz
JIS 8303
North America
CBL-JX-PWR-US
125 VAC, 10 A, 60 Hz
NEMA 5-15
United Kingdom
CBL-JX-PWR-UK
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
BS 1363A
Figure 57: AC Plug Types
WARNING: The AC power cord for the services gateway is intended for use
with the SRX1400 Services Gateway only and not for any other devices.
WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the
cable for another product.
NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed approximately
14.75 ft (4.5 m) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC)
Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code
(CEC) Section 4-010(3). You can order AC power cords that are in compliance.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
189
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
For information about the AC power supply, including a description of components, see
“SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on page 32. For instructions on connecting
the power cord during initial installation, see “Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
to an AC Power Supply” on page 79. For instructions on replacing the AC power cables,
see “Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 130.
Related
Documentation
190
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX C
Cable and Wire Guidelines for the
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network Cable Guidelines on page 192
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Distance Limitations for Signaling for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 191
•
Radio Frequency Interference for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 191
•
Electromagnetic Compatibility for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 191
Distance Limitations for Signaling for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference. In addition, the potential for damage
from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed recommended distances, or if wires pass
between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning can damage
unshielded conductors and destroy electronic devices. If your site has previously
experienced such problems, you might want to consult experts in electrical surge
suppression and shielding
Radio Frequency Interference for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can reduce or eliminate the emission of radio frequency interference (RFI) from your
site wiring by using twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors.
If you must exceed the recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable
with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable.
Electromagnetic Compatibility for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC),
particularly from lightning or radio transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice.
Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can destroy the signal drivers and
receivers in the services gateway and conduct power surges over the lines into the
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
191
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
equipment, resulting in an electrical hazard. It is particularly important to provide a properly
grounded and shielded environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.
CAUTION: To comply with intrabuilding lightning/surge requirements,
intrabuilding wiring must be shielded, and the shield for the wiring must be
grounded at both ends.
Related
Documentation
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 192
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network Cable Guidelines
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 192
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 194
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 194
•
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 196
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally
(bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs
as light sources. LEDs are not coherent sources, however. They spray varying wavelengths
of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays
travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light
traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss (HOL)
results. Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber
compared to single-mode fiber.
Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through
one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers
generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the
192
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix C: Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher
bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances. It is consequently more expensive.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the
receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in
power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media
components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. While attenuation is
significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode
and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light
available to overcome attenuation.
Dispersion is the spreading of the signal in time. The following two types of dispersion
can affect an optical data link:
•
Chromatic dispersion—The spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different
speeds of light rays.
•
Modal dispersion—The spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different
propagation modes in the fiber.
For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or
attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode
transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer
distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length.
An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that
the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion
must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies
document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union
(ITU) document G.957.
When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as
a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum
of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a
safety margin for unexpected losses.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
193
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 192
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you
need to calculate the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it
can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to
provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate
at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power budget (P ),
B
you assume minimum transmitter power (P ) and minimum receiver sensitivity (P ):
T
R
P =P –P
B
T
R
The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels
(dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):
P =P –P
B
T
R
P = –15 dBm – (–28 dBm)
B
P = 13 dB
B
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 192
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
After calculating a link's power budget, you can calculate the power margin (P ), which
M
represents the amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL)
from the power budget (P ). A worst-case estimate of P assumes maximum LL:
B
M
P = P – LL
M
B
A P greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.
M
Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses, modal and chromatic
dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation. Table 50 on page 195 lists an
194
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix C: Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations. For
information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other
factors, refer to vendor documentation.
Table 50: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss
Link-Loss Factor
Estimated Link-Loss Value
Higher-order mode losses
Single-mode—None
Multimode—0.5 dB
Modal and chromatic dispersion
Single-mode—None
Multimode—None, if product of bandwidth and distance
is less than 500 MHz–km
Connector
0.5 dB
Splice
0.5 dB
Fiber attenuation
Single-mode—0.5 dB/km
Multimode—1 dB/km
The following example uses the estimated values in Table 50 on page 195 to calculate
link loss (LL) for a 2 km-long multimode link with a power budget (P ) of 13 dB:
B
•
Fiber attenuation for 2 km @ 1.0 dB/km= 2 dB
•
Loss for five connectors @ 0.5 dB per connector = 5(0.5 dB) = 2.5 dB
•
Loss for two splices @ 0.5 dB per splice =2(0.5 dB) = 1 dB
•
Higher-order loss = 0.5 dB
•
Clock recovery module = 1 dB
The power margin (P ) is calculated as follows:
M
P = P – LL
M
B
P = 13 dB – 2 km (1.0 dB/km) – 5 (0.5 dB) – 2 (0.5 dB) – 0.5 dB [HOL] – 1 dB [CRM]
M
P = 13 dB – 2 dB – 2.5 dB – 1 dB – 0.5 dB – 1 dB
M
P = 6 dB
M
The following sample calculation for an 8 km-long single-mode link with a power budget
(P ) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from Table 50 on page 195 to calculate link loss
B
(LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven
connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power margin (P ) is calculated as
M
follows:
P = P – LL
M
B
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
195
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
P = 13 dB – 8 km (0.5 dB/km) – 7 (0.5 dB)
M
P = 13 dB – 4 dB – 3.5 dB
M
P = 5.5 dB
M
In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the
link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver
input power.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 192
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 194
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Table 51 on page 196 lists the specifications for the cable that connects a CONSOLE port
on the SYSIOC to a management console.
Table 51: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine Management
and Alarm Interfaces
Port
SYSIOC
console or
Routing Engine
auxiliary
interface
Related
Documentation
196
Cable
Specification
Cable/Wire
Supplied
Maximum
Length
Receptacle
RS-232
(EIA-232)
serial cable
One 6-ft (1.83-m)
length with
RJ-45/DB-9
connectors
6 ft (1.83 m)
RJ-45/DB-9 male
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
Device on page 74
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
on page 73
•
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 196
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX D
Contacting Customer Support and
Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Hardware
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Locating SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers on page 198
•
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Materials Authorization for the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 203
•
Packing an SRX1400 Services Gateway or a Component for Shipment on page 204
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
If a problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician, a Return Materials Authorization
(RMA) is issued. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to
return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.
NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you
have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right
to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments will be
returned to the customer via collect freight.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support Web
page at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html .
To return a services gateway or component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement:
1.
Determine the part number and serial number of the services gateway or component.
2. Obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number from JTAC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
197
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: Do not return the services gateway or any component to Juniper
Networks unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks
reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused
shipments are returned to the customer via collect freight.
3. Pack the services gateway or component for shipping.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support webpage
at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html .
For product problems or technical support issues, open a support case using the Case
Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or call 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United
States) or 1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Related
Documentation
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Locating SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the
CLI on page 198
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label on page 199
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine Serial Number
Label on page 200
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway I/O Card Serial Number Label on page 200
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card Serial
Number Label on page 201
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial Number
Label on page 201
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number Label on page 202
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray Number Label on page 202
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI
Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization
(RMA), you must find the serial number on the device or component. To list all of the
device components and their serial numbers, enter the following command-line interface
(CLI) command:
198
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item
Version
Chassis
Midplane
REV 00
PEM 0
rev 06
CB 0
REV 16
Routing Engine
CPP
Mezz
REV 08
FPC 0
REV 00
PIC 0
3x 10GE SFP+
Xcvr 6
REV 02
FPC 1
REV 11
PIC 0
FPC 2
PIC 0
FPC 3
REV 13
PIC 0
Fan Tray
-N/A-
Part number
Serial number
BH0310AA4416
711-031012
740-020226
750-032544
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
710-021035
750-031019
BUILTIN
AABA4416
740-013111
750-016077
BUILTIN
750-020317
BUILTIN
750-017866
BUILTIN
-N/A-
9101477
E182C1003Z06P
AAAY0804
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
AAAZ0730
BUILTIN
AAAX7644
BUILTIN
TV3333
BUILTIN
AAAN7996
BUILTIN
-N/A-
Description
SRX 1400
SRX1k Backplane
AC Power Supply
SRX1K-RE-12-10
Routing Engine
Central PFE Processor
SRX HD Mezzanine Card
SRX1k 10GE SYSIO
6x 1GE RJ45 3x 1GE SFP
SFP-T
SRX3k SPC
SPU Cp-Flow
SRX3k 16xGE TX
16x 1GE-TX
SRX3k NPC
NPC PIC
SRX 1400 Fan Tray
Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label attached to the
component body.
NOTE: To list all of the serial number of the NSPC, use the serial number of
FPC 1 or FPC 3 in the show chassis hardware command output.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label
The chassis serial number is located on the side of the chassis Figure 58 on page 200.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
199
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 58: SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label
SYS : BH2310AA0013
g033549
001f12e30800
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine Serial Number Label
g033559
The serial number for the Routing Engine is located behind the faceplate on the right side
of the card.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway I/O Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for all of the IOCs is located behind the faceplate on the right
side of the card (see Figure 59 on page 201).
200
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
g036078
Figure 59: IOC Serial Number Label
Serial number
label
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card Serial Number
Label
The serial number label for the Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) is located
behind the faceplate on the right side of the card (see Figure 60 on page 201).
Figure 60: SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card Serial Number Label
g033550
AABC4234
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the SYSIOC is located behind the faceplate on the right side
of the card (see Figure 61 on page 202).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
201
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 61: Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial
Number Label
g033551
AABC5530
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the AC and DC power supplies is located on the top of the
power supply (see Figure 62 on page 202).
Figure 62: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number Label
g033562
Serial number label
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray Number Label
The serial number label for the Fan tray is located on the top of the fan tray (see Figure
63 on page 203).
202
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
g033563
Figure 63: SRX1400 Fan Tray
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Materials Authorization for the SRX1400
Services Gateway
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC
When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following
information:
Related
Documentation
•
Your existing case number, if you have one
•
Details of the failure or problem
•
Type of activity being performed on the services gateway when the problem occurred
•
Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands
•
Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
203
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Contacting Customer Support
Once you have located the serial numbers of the device or component, you can return
the device or component for repair or replacement. For this, you need to contact Juniper
Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC).
You can contact JTAC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, using any of the following methods:
•
On the Web: Using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/
•
By telephone:
•
From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC
•
From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500
NOTE: If contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 11-digit case number
followed by the pound (#) key if this is an existing case, or press the star
(*) key to be routed to the next available support engineer.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
Packing an SRX1400 Services Gateway or a Component for Shipment
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To remove the components from the services gateway or to remove the services gateway
from a rack, you need the following tools and parts:
204
•
Blank panels to cover empty slots
•
Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat for each component
•
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
•
Flat-blade screwdriver, approximately 1/4 in. (6 mm)
•
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment
To pack the services gateway for shipment:
1.
Retrieve the shipping carton and packing materials in which the services gateway was
originally shipped. If you do not have these materials, contact your Juniper Networks
representative about approved packaging materials.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect
the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the device is
disconnected from earth ground.
3. On the console or other management device connected to the services gateway, enter
CLI operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the services
gateway software:
user@host> request system halt
Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system
has halted.
4. Shut down power to the services gateway by pressing the Power button on the front
of the services gateway.
5. Disconnect power from the services gateway.
6. Remove the cables that connect to all external devices.
7. If the services gateway is installed in a rack, have one person support the weight of
the services gateway while another person unscrews and removes the mounting
screws.
8. Place the services gateway in the shipping carton.
9. Cover the services gateway with an ESD bag, and place the packing foam on top of
and around the device.
10. Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam.
11. Securely tape the box closed.
12. Write the Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number on the exterior of the box to
ensure proper tracking.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
205
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 204
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment
Follow these guidelines for packing and shipping individual components of the services
gateway:
•
When you return a component, make sure that it is adequately protected with packing
materials and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the
carton.
•
Use the original shipping materials if they are available.
•
Place the individual component in an electrostatic bag.
•
Write the Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number on the exterior of the box to
ensure proper tracking.
CAUTION: Do not stack any of the services gateway components during
packing.
Related
Documentation
206
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
•
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX E
Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway
Hardware Components on SRX1400
Services Gateway
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 207
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 215
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway on page 216
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 220
•
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 221
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
The Network Processing Cards (NPCs), Service Processing Cards (SPCs), and I/O Cards
(IOCs) are completely interoperable between SRX1400 Services Gateway and SRX3000
Series Services Gateways, and they have same part numbers.
Table 52 on page 208 lists the hardware components that are interoperable on the
SRX3000 Series Services Gateways and the SRX1400 Services Gateways.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
207
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 52: SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on
SRX1400 Services Gateway
Card
Model Number
Slot on SRX1400
Services Gateway
NPC
SRX3K-NPC
CFM3
SPC
SRX3K-SPC
CFM1
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast
Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet IOC
SRX3K-16GE-TX
CFM2
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet IOC
SRX3K-16GE-SFP
CFM2
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet IOC
SRX3K-2XGE-XFP
CFM2
NOTE: The Routing Engine and Power Supply Units (AC and DC) are not
interoperable between the SRX1400 Services Gateway and the SRX3000
Series Services Gateway.
NOTE: The NPCs, SPCs, and IOCs are not provided with the SRX1400 Services
Gateway. You must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks
customer service representative for more information.
You can either use an NSPC or combination of SRX3000 Series Services
Gateway Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services Processing Cards
(SPC), with a Twin-CFM holder tray holder on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
for the device to operate properly.
To install the NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, you must
order the Twin CFM holder tray (SRX1K3K-2CFM-TRAY) to hold two
single-wide CFMs (NPC and SPC). Contact your Juniper Networks customer
service representative for more information.
Related
Documentation
208
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
Network Processing Cards
Network Processing Cards (NPCs) are common form-factor module (CFM) cards that
receive inbound traffic from the I/O cards (IOCs) and direct it to the appropriate Services
Processing Card (SPC) for processing. Once services processing is complete, the NPC
receives outbound traffic from the SPC(s) and directs it back to the appropriate IOC.
Additionally, the NPC performs the following functions:
•
Buffers incoming traffic and queues outgoing traffic.
•
Performs advanced traffic management, including denial of service/distributed denial
of service (DoS/DDoS) protective measures. For example, it can drop traffic to or from
a particular IP address, protecting the device from Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP), UDP, and TCP SYN flooding, and buffering bursty traffic to protect the SPC.
NOTE:
•
If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to
shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through
the device.
•
The ONLINE button on NPC does not perform any function and currently
it is not supported.
Figure 64 on page 209 shows the NPC that can be used on SRX1400 Services Gateway..
Figure 64: Network Processing Card
C
g036033
SRX3K-NP
Table 53 on page 210 describes the NPC behavior indicated by the LEDs on its front panel.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
209
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 53: Network Processing Card LED Indicators
Label
Color
Status
Description
SERVICE
Green
On steadily
The NPC is mapped to an
IOC and is actively carrying
traffic.
Amber
On steadily
The NPC is mapped to an
IOC, but there is no SPC
present or reachable in the
system so all traffic is
dropped.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The NPC is not carrying
traffic.
Green
On steadily
The NPC is operating
normally.
Blinking
The NPC is preparing for a
an online insertion and
removal event.
Red
On steadily
The NPC has failed and is
not operating normally.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The NPC is powered down.
OK/FAIL
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 207
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 220
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 215
Services Processing Cards
Services Processing Cards (SPCs) are common form-factor module (CFM) cards that
provide the processing power to run integrated services such as firewall, IP Security
(IPsec), and Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDP). All traffic traversing the services
gateway is passed to an SPC to have services processing applied to it. Traffic is intelligently
distributed by Network Processing Cards (NPCs) to SPCs for services processing, including
session setup based on policies, fast packet processing for packets that match a session,
encryption and decryption, and Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiation.
210
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE:
•
If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to
shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through
the device.
•
The ONLINE button on SPC does not perform any function and currently
it is not supported.
Figure 65 on page 211 shows an SPC that can be used on an SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Figure 65: Services Processing Card
SRX3K-SPC
g036032
-1-10-40
Table 54 on page 211 describes the SPC behavior indicated by the LEDs on its front panel.
Table 54: Services Processing Card LED Indicators
Label
Color
Status
Description
SERVICE
Green
On steadily
The SPC is running under
acceptable load.
Amber
On steadily
The SPC is overloaded.
Red
On steadily
No service is being provided
by the SPC.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The SPC is not enabled.
Green
On steadily
The SPC is operating
normally.
Green
Blinking
The SPC is preparing for an
online insertion and removal
event.
Red
On steadily
The SPC has failed and is not
operating normally.
Dark (unlit)
Off
The SPC is powered down.
OK/FAIL
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 207
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
211
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 216
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 221
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can install an NPC in the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CFM slot
3).
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
NOTE: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to
shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through
the device.
NOTE: To install the NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, you
must order the Twin-CFM holder tray (SRX1K3K-2CFM-TRAY) to hold two
single-wide CFMs (NPC and SPC) separately. Contact your Juniper Networks
customer service representative for more information.
To install an NPC:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Place the card on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3. If necessary, remove the filler cover from the slot by loosening its screws and sliding
it out of the slot.
4. Insert the Twin-CFM holder tray and insert it straight into the slot until you hear a click,
indicating the latch has closed as shown in Figure 66 on page 213.
212
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
g033553
Figure 66: Installing Twin-CFM Holder Tray on SRX1400 Services Gateway
5. Orient the NPC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the NPC all the way into the card
cage until you feel resistance. See Figure 67 on page 213
Figure 67: Installing an NPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC
-1-10-40
SRX3K-NPC
0
3
4
g033534
1
2
6. Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
connecting to a management device. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway”
on page 82 to power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the NPC or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing
the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 207
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 220
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 215
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
213
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can install a SPC in the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CFM slot 1).
Before installing your card, refer to “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14
to verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
NOTE: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to
shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through
the device.
To install an SPC:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
For more information about ESD, see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to
the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2. Place the card on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3. If necessary, remove the dual-wide filler cover from the slot by loosening its screws
and sliding it out of the slot.
4. Insert the Twin-CFM holder tray and insert it straight into the slot until you hear a click,
indicating the latch has closed as shown in Figure 68 on page 214.
g033553
Figure 68: Installing Twin-CFM Holder Tray on SRX1400 Services Gateway
5. Orient the SPC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the SPC all the way into the card
cage until you feel resistance. See Figure 69 on page 215.
214
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 69: Installing an SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC-1
SRX3K-NPC
-10-40
0
3
4
g033520
1
2
6. Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components or power supplies, or
connecting to a management device. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway”
on page 82 to power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the SPC or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing
the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 207
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 216
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 221
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot an NPC, follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the NPC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Make sure that the Twin-CFM holder tray is properly installed in the slot.
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc 3 command with the slot number to check the status of
installed NPC.
As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates
that the NPC is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc 3
Temp
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CPU Utilization (%)
Memory
Utilization (%)
215
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Slot State
3 Online
•
(C)
54
Total
40
Interrupt
0
DRAM (MB) Heap
1024
3
Buffer
27
Use the CLI show chassis fpc 3 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 3 detail
Slot 3 information:
State
Temperature
Total CPU DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Total DDR DRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Online
degrees C / 129 degrees F
MB
MB
MB
2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
5 days, 20 hours, 34 minutes, 56 seconds
54
1024
0
0
Max Power Consumption
0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 207
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot the an SPC, follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the SPC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Make sure the Twin-CFM holder tray is installed properly in the slot.
•
Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 1 command n to check the status of installed SPC.
As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates
that the SPC is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc 1
Slot State
1 Online
•
Temp
(C)
34
CPU Utilization (%)
Total Interrupt
40
0
Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 1 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 1 detail
Slot 1 information:
State
Temperature
Total CPU DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Total DDR DRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Max Power Consumption
216
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
1024
3
27
Online
degrees C / 93 degrees F
MB
MB
MB
2010-07-08 13:56:24 UTC
5 days, 20 hours, 30 minutes, 55 seconds
34
1024
0
0
0 Watts
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 207
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The NPC is installed in the front of the services gateway in slot CFM3.
To replace an NPC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Loosen the captive screws at each end of the NPC faceplate.
4. Grasp the NPC by its handle and slide it halfway out of the chassis. See Figure 70 on
page 217.
Figure 70: Removing an NPC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC
-1-10-40
SRX3K-NPC
0
3
4
g033533
1
2
5. Place one hand underneath the NPC to support it and slide it completely out of the
chassis.
6. Place the NPC on the antistatic mat.
7. Slide the replacement NPC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
NPC's faceplate until it engages the connectors as shown in Figure 71 on page 218.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
217
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 71: Installing an NPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC
-1-10-40
SRX3K-NPC
0
3
4
g033534
1
2
8. Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the NPC.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the NPCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off,
causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
When you power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, the OK/FAIL LED on the NPC
faceplate blinks green, then lights steadily indicating a normal operating condition.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the NPC. If the OK/FAIL
LED remains red, the NPC is not functioning properly. Contact your customer
support representative.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 112
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 215
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
on page 207
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SPCs are installed in the services gateway in slots labeled CFM1 .
218
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace an SPC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3. Loosen the captive screws at each end of the SPC faceplate.
4. Grasp the SPC by its handle and slide it halfway out of the chassis.
Figure 72: Removing an SPC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC-1
SRX3K-NPC
-10-40
0
3
4
g033535
1
2
5. Place one hand underneath the SPC to support it and slide it completely out of the
chassis. See Figure 72 on page 219.
CAUTION: SPCs can become very warm during operation. Avoid contact
with the heat sink on top of the card when removing it to prevent personal
injury.
6. Place the SPC on the antistatic mat.
7. Slide the replacement SPC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
SPC faceplate until it engages the connectors as shown in Figure 73 on page 220.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
219
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 73: Installing an SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC-1
-10-40
SRX3K-NPC
0
3
4
g033520
1
2
8. Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the SPC.
When you power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, the OK/FAIL LED on the SPC
faceplate blinks green, then lights steadily indicating a normal operating condition.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the SPC. If the OK/FAIL
LED remains red, the SPC is not functioning properly. Contact your customer
support representative.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front
panels of the SPCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing
the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Services Gateway on page 112
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on
page 216
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the NPC is located on the center left side of the card (see
Figure 74 on page 221).
220
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 74: NPC Serial Number Label
Serial number
label
C
g036079
SRX3K-NP
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the SPC is located near the front on the left side of the card
(see Figure 75 on page 221).
Figure 75: SPC Serial Number Label
Serial number
label
SRX3K-SPC
g036081
-1-10-40
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on
page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
221
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
222
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 5
Index
•
Index on page 225
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
223
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
224
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Index
Symbols
C
#, comments in configuration statements..................xvii
( ), in syntax descriptions...................................................xvii
< >, in syntax descriptions...................................................xvi
[ ], in configuration statements........................................xvii
{ }, in configuration statements.......................................xvii
| (pipe), in syntax descriptions.........................................xvii
cable
fiber-optic
attenuation............................................................193
dispersion...............................................................193
multimode and single-mode..........................192
transmission distance, maximum.................192
wavelength ranges..............................................192
chassis
alarm messages See alarm, messages
installing in rack..............................................................55
chromatic dispersion in fiber-optic cable....................193
class 1 laser warning.............................................................156
class 1 LED warning..............................................................156
CLI
command
to display chassis alarm messages..............103
commands
show chassis alarms...................................................103
comments, in configuration statements......................xvii
compliance statements for EMC requirements
Canada..............................................................................177
European Community.................................................177
Japan..................................................................................177
United States.................................................................178
components
field replacement...........................................................111
components, packing for shipment..............................206
configuration
services gateway............................................................85
console port (for Routing Engine management)
cable
specifications........................................................196
conventions
notice icons.......................................................................xv
text and syntax...............................................................xvi
cooling system
troubleshooting............................................................103
curly braces, in configuration statements....................xvii
A
AC power supply
installing............................................................................66
AC power supply cord
replacing...........................................................................132
accessory box
parts list.............................................................................49
removing............................................................................47
accident procedures, electrical........................................165
agency approvals...................................................................176
air filter
replacing...........................................................................116
alarm
messages, list of...........................................................103
alarms
temperature, displaying.............................................103
attenuation in fiber-optic cable.......................................193
auxiliary port (for Routing Engine management)
cable
specifications........................................................196
B
battery-handling warning..................................................159
braces, in configuration statements...............................xvii
brackets
angle, in syntax descriptions.....................................xvi
square, in configuration statements......................xvii
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
225
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
customer support.................................................................xviii
contacting JTAC............................................................xviii
customer support, contacting.........................................198
D
DC power cables
replacing..........................................................................135
DC power supply
installing............................................................................67
dispersion in fiber-optic cable..........................................193
E
earthquakes
site preparation for........................................................45
EIA rack standards.................................................................44
electrical
accident procedures...................................................165
safety guidelines and warnings..............................165
electrical specifications......................................................186
EMC requirements
Canada..............................................................................177
European Community.................................................177
Japan..................................................................................177
United States.................................................................178
ETSI rack standards...............................................................44
F
fan tray
troubleshooting............................................................103
fan trays
replacing............................................................................113
field-replaceable units
listed....................................................................................111
fire safety requirements......................................................148
font conventions.....................................................................xvi
front panel..................................................................................14
instructions warning...................................................150
parts received, verifying...............................................49
installing
AC power supply............................................................66
DC power supply.............................................................67
instructions
calculation
power requirements...........................................187
IOC...............................................................................................122
status, checking............................................................105
troubleshooting............................................................105
See also replacing
J
jewelry removal warning....................................................160
JTAC..........................................................................................204
Juniper Technical Assistance Center See JTAC
L
laser beam warning..............................................................157
laser safety guidelines.........................................................155
lightning activity warning...................................................162
link loss, calculating.............................................................194
M
modal dispersion in fiber-optic cable...........................193
mode loss, higher-order......................................................192
multimode fiber-optic cable See cable, fiber-optic
N
hardware components
power requirements....................................................187
higher-order mode loss (HOL)........................................192
Network and Services Processing Card
replacing..........................................................................120
Network Processing Card
replacing...........................................................................217
notice icons................................................................................xv
NPC.............................................................................................217
status, checking............................................................215
See also replacing
NPCs
troubleshooting.............................................................215
NSPC..........................................................................................120
See also replacing
NSPCs
troubleshooting............................................................106
I
O
installation
AC power, connecting...................................................79
DC power, connecting..................................................80
online insertion and removal of components,
description.............................................................................111
operating temperature warning.......................................162
G
guidelines, electrical safety...............................................165
H
226
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Index
P
packing services gateway
components for shipment.......................................206
for shipment..................................................................205
required tools and parts...........................................204
parentheses, in syntax descriptions...............................xvii
parts
required for packing...................................................204
PIC
SONET/SDH
power budget calculation................................194
power
budget calculation.......................................................194
margin calculation.......................................................194
requirements for hardware components............187
power supplies
AC electrical specifications......................................186
power system
AC electrical specifications......................................186
troubleshooting.............................................................107
powering off the services gateway..................................83
powering on the services gateway...................................82
product disposal warning..................................................164
Q
qualified personnel warning.............................................144
R
rack
securing to building.......................................................45
size and strength required..........................................44
standards, EIA and ETSI..............................................44
rack requirements
mounting..........................................................................151
radiation from open port apertures warning..............158
repair policies.........................................................................198
replacing
AC power supply cord.................................................132
air filter...............................................................................116
DC power supply cord.................................................135
fan trays.............................................................................113
IOC......................................................................................122
NPC.....................................................................................217
NSPC.................................................................................120
Routing Engine...............................................................118
SPC....................................................................................218
SYSIOC.............................................................................124
restricted access area warning........................................145
return materials authorization..........................................197
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
return procedure....................................................................197
RMA See return materials authorization
Routing Engine
management ports
cable and wire specifications.........................196
replacing...........................................................................118
S
safety guidelines, laser........................................................155
safety requirements
fire......................................................................................148
fire suppression equipment.....................................148
services gateway........................................................................3
configuration...................................................................85
front panel.........................................................................14
packing............................................................................204
packing for shipment.................................................205
parts list.............................................................................49
returning...........................................................................197
unpacking..........................................................................47
Services Processing Card
replacing..........................................................................218
shipment
packing services gateway........................................205
packing the components.........................................206
show chassis alarms command.............................103, 107
show chassis fpc command.............................................105
show chassis fpc detail command................................105
show chassis IOC command............................................105
show chassis IOC detail command...............................105
show chassis NPC command...........................................215
show chassis NPC detail command..............................215
show chassis NSPC command.......................................106
show chassis NSPC detail command...........................106
show chassis SPC command...........................................216
show chassis SPC detail command..............................216
signal dispersion....................................................................192
single-mode fiber-optic cable See cable, fiber-optic
SPC.............................................................................................218
status, checking...................................................106, 216
See also replacing
SPCs
troubleshooting.............................................................216
specifications
cable
Routing Engine management ports.............196
power
drawn by hardware components..................187
227
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
power system.................................................................187
rack
connection to building structure.....................45
size and strength...................................................44
SRX1400 Services Gateway..................................................3
support, requesting from JTAC.............................203, 204
support, technical See technical support
syntax conventions................................................................xvi
SYS I/O card
replacing..........................................................................124
SYSIOC .....................................................................................124
status, checking............................................................105
troubleshooting............................................................105
See also replacing
wavelength ranges supported by fiber-optic
cable......................................................................................192
T
technical support
contacting JTAC............................................................xviii
tools required for
packing............................................................................204
transmission distances, fiber-optic cable...................192
troubleshooting
cooling system..............................................................103
fans....................................................................................103
IOC.....................................................................................105
NPC....................................................................................215
power system.................................................................107
SPC...........................................................................106, 216
SYSIO card......................................................................105
U
U (rack unit)..............................................................................44
unpacking the services gateway.......................................47
W
warning
battery-handling...........................................................159
class 1 laser.....................................................................156
class 1 LED.......................................................................156
electrical safety guidelines.......................................165
installation instructions.............................................150
jewelry removal............................................................160
laser beam.......................................................................157
lightning activity............................................................162
operating temperature...............................................162
product disposal..........................................................164
rack-mount requirements..........................................151
radiation from open apertures................................158
228
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising